Donate
 
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
451 results for ritu
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
abdhijāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimardam. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivimanth(Opt. -mathnīyāt-) to grind, triturate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyāśrāvaṇan. (in ritual) calling out or to, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acaitanyan. insensibility, senselessness, want of spirituality, that which is destitute of consciousness, matter. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāryam. "knowing or teaching the ācāra- or rules ", a spiritual guide or teacher (especially one who invests the student with the sacrificial thread, and instructs him in the veda-s, in the law of sacrifice and religious mysteries[ ]) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāryāf. a spiritual preceptress [The title ācārya-affixed to names of learned men is rather like our"Dr."; exempli gratia, 'for example' rāghavācārya-,etc.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāryopāsanan. waiting upon or serving a spiritual preceptor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhibhūtan. the spiritual or fine substratum of material or gross objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhidaivikamfn. spiritual. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyātmikamf(ā-and ī-)n. spiritual, holy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agradharmam. high spiritual state, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajñānan. ignorance, (in philosophy) spiritual ignorance (or a power which, consisting of the three guṇa-s sattva-, rajas-,and tamas-,and preventing the soul from realizing its identity with brahma-, causes self to appear a distinct personality, and matter to appear a reality) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣaitrajñyan. spiritual ignorance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākṣakīf. a kind of spirituous liquor prepared from the seeds of Terminalia Bellerica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣāramadyamāṃsādamfn. not eating acrid substances nor (drinking) spirituous liquors nor eating meat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣetrajñamfn. destitute of spiritual knowledge. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣetravidmfn. destitute of spiritual knowledge. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alim. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alokam. the immaterial or spiritual world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṇ cl.1 P. aṇati-, āṇa-, aṇitum-, to sound : cl.4 A1. aṇyate-, to breathe, (another form of an- q.v;in this sense regarded in the dhātu-pāṭha- as a distinct root) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anācāryabhogīnamfn. unfit or improper for a spiritual teacher to eat or enjoy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anātmajñamfn. destitute of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anātmanmfn. not spiritual, corporeal, destitute of spirit or mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
annamalan. spirituous liquor see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥśarīran. the internal and spiritual part of man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antardadhanan. the distillation of spirituous liquor (or a substance used to cause fermentation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutarṣam. thirst, wish, desire , a drinking vessel (used for drinking spirituous liquors) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutarṣaṇan. a vessel from which spirituous liquor is drunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyogam. religious meditation, spiritual union. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyogakṛtm. an ācārya- or spiritual teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpastambam. Name of a renowned sage and writer on ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āruṇaparājinm. Name of an ancient kalpa- work on the ritual of the brāhmaṇa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsavam. rum, spirit distilled from sugar or molasses, spirituous liquor in general View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsavadrum. Name of the Palmyra tree Borassus Flabelliformis (its juice, on fermenting, affords a spirituous liquor ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭāpadmfn. (in ritual language) a pregnant animal (also negative /an-aṣṭāpadi-,"not a pregnant animal") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asum. life of the spiritual world or departed spirits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asuramfn. (2. as- ), spiritual, incorporeal, divine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsuramf(ī-)n. (fr. asura-), spiritual, divine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asuratvan. spirituality, divine dignity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asuryamfn. (4) incorporeal, spiritual, divine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asuryan. (3) spirituality, divine nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asuryan. the incorporeal, the collective body of spiritual beings ([ accentuates asury/a-in accordance with similar cases, as 2. samary/a-(3) n.compared with 1. samary/a-(4) mfn.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsutīvalam. one who prepares or sells spirituous liquors, a distiller, brewer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvalāyanam. (fr. aśvala- gaRa naḍādi- ), Name of a pupil of śaunaka-'s, author of sūtra- or ritual works (relating to the ṛg-- veda-) and founder of a Vedic school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātharvaṇam. a priest or brahman- whose ritual is comprised in the atharva-- veda-, a conjurer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atharvāṇan. the atharva-- veda- or the ritual of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atharvāṇavidm. one versed in that ritual. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmaguptāf. the plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadham -dhamati- (said of spirituous liquor) to stir up (as the parts of the body) : Passive voice to shake, tremble, shudder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avanard(Potential -nardet-) to slur or trill (a term applicable to chanting in the Hindu ritual) (see ni-nard-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avatṝcl.1 P. -tarati- (perf. -tatāra-,3. plural -teruḥ-;Inf. -taritum-[ exempli gratia, 'for example' ]or -tartum-[ exempli gratia, 'for example' ]; ind.p. -tīrya-) to descend into (locative case or accusative), alight from, alight (ablative) ; to descend (as a deity) in becoming incarnate ; to betake one's self to (accusative), arrive at ; to make one's appearance, arrive ; to be in the right place, to fit ; to undertake: Vedic or Veda cl.6 P. (Imper. 2. sg. -tira-; imperfect tense -/atirat-,2. sg. -/atiras-,2. dual number -atiratam-; Aorist 2. sg. -tārīs-) to overcome, overpower : Ved. cl.4. (parasmE-pada fem. -t/īyatī-) to sink : Causal -tārayati- (ind.p. -tārya-) to make or let one descend, bring or fetch down (accusative or locative case) from (ablative) etc. ; to take down, take off, remove, turn away from (ablative ) ; "to set a-going, render current" See ava-tārita- below ; to descend(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avavādakam. a spiritual instructor, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avidyāf. ignorance, spiritual ignorance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avipramfn. not spiritually excited, not inspired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
badarīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baijikan. the spiritual cause of existence, soul, spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktif. attachment, devotion, fondness for, devotion to (with locative case, genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'), trust, homage, worship, piety, faith or love or devotion (as a religious principle or means of salvation, together with karman-,"works", and jñāna-,"spiritual knowledge"; see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṇ cl.1 P. () bhaṇati- (perfect tense babhāṇa-,2. sg. babhaṇitha- ; Aorist abhāṇīt- ; future bhaṇiṣyati-, ṇitā- grammar; ind.p. bhaṇitvā- ; infinitive mood bhaṇitum- grammar : Passive voice bhaṇyate- ; Aorist abhāṇi- ), to speak, say to (accusative with or without prati-) ; to call, name (two accusative) : Causal bhāṇayati- ; Aorist abībhaṇat-, or ababhāṇat- (Prob. a later form of bhan-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvam. the seat of the feelings or affections, heart, soul, mind (parituṣṭena bhāvena-,with a pleased mind) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvanāmārgam. a spiritual state View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajanmann. "spiritual birth", investiture with the sacred thread View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajñamfn. possessing sacred knowledge, knowing the sacred text, spiritually wise, holy (said also of gods exempli gratia, 'for example' of viṣṇu-, kārttikeya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajñānan. divine or sacred knowledge (especially knowledge of the universal permeation of the one Spirit as taught by the vedānta-), spiritual wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmamīmāṃsāf. "investigation into brahma- or the spiritual doctrine of the veda-", Name of the vedānta- philosophy treating of the one self-existent Spirit (see -sūtra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmann. religious or spiritual knowledge (opp. to religious observances and bodily mortification such as tapas-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedinmfn. equals -vid-, acquainted with the veda- or spiritual knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmayogam. cultivation of spiritual knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhagurum. a Buddhist spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhānam. a sage, spiritual guide, holy teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakṣasm. a teacher, spiritual instructor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍāf. of a plant (Andropogon aciculatus ;Mucuna pruritus ;Salvinia cucullata ;white dūrvā- grass ; liṅginī- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
capalan. spirituous liquor (especially that made from hemp) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
car cl.1. c/arati-, rarely te- (subjunctive c/arat-,3 plural c/arān- ; perf. cac/āra-[ etc.] , 2 sg. cacartha- ; plural cerur-,etc.; ratur- etc.; A1. cere- ; future cariṣyati-, te-; Aorist acārīt-[ ]; infinitive mood c/aritum-[ ]or cartum-[ ] , Vedic or Veda car/adhyai-[ ], c/aritave-[ ], car/ase-[ ], car/āyai-[ ], caritos-[ ]; ind.p. caritv/ā- ; cartvā- ; cīrtvā-, ; parasmE-pada c/arat-) to move one's self, go, walk, move, stir, roam about, wander (said of men, animals, water, ships, stars, etc.) etc. ; to spread, be diffused (as fire) ; to move or travel through, pervade, go along, follow etc. ; to behave, conduct one's self, act, live, treat (with instrumental case or locative case) etc. ; to be engaged in, occupied or busy with (instr exempli gratia, 'for example' yajñ/ena c-,"to be engaged in a sacrifice" ) etc. ; (with[ ]or without[ ] mithun/am-) to have intercourse with, have to do with (instrumental case) ; (with a parasmE-pada or adjective (cf. mfn.) or ind.p. or adverb) to continue performing or being (exempli gratia, 'for example' arcantaś cerur-,"they continued worshipping"; svāminam avajñāya caret-,"he may go on despising his master") etc. ; (in astronomy) to be in any asterism or conjunction ; to undertake, set about, under go, observe, practise, do or act in general, effect, make (exempli gratia, 'for example' vrat/āni-"to observe vows" etc.; vighnaṃ c-,"to put a hindrance"; bhaikṣaṃ c-"to beg"; vivādaṃ c-,"to be engaged in a lawsuit"; mṛgayāṃ c-,"to hunt" ; sambandhāṃś c-,"to enter into connections"; mārgaṃ cacāra bāṇaiḥ-,"he made a way with arrows"; tapasā indriyāṇi c-,to exercise one's organs with penance ) etc. ; to consume, eat (with accusative), graze ; to make or render (with double accusative) exempli gratia, 'for example' nar/endraṃ satya-sthaṃ carāma-,"let us make the king keep his word" : Causal cārayati-, to cause to move or walk about (Aorist /acīcarat-) ; to pasture ; to send, direct, turn, move etc. ; to cause any one (accusative) to walk through (accusative) ; to drive away from (ablative) ; to cause any one (accusative) to practise or perform (with accusative) ; to cause (any animal accusative) to eat ; to cause to copulate ; to ascertain (as through a spy instrumental case) ; to doubt (see vi--) : Desiderative cicariṣati-, to try to go (parasmE-pada cicarṣat-) ; to wish to act or conduct one's self ; to try to have intercourse with (instrumental case), : Intensive carcarīti- A1. or rarely ([ ]) Passive voice cañcūryate- (curīti-and cūrti- ; ind.p. cūrya- ; parasmE-pada once P. cūryat- ) to move quickly or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in locative case) etc. ; to act wantonly or coquettishly (see ) ; ([ see, etc.])
caraṇāmṛtan. "foot-nectar", the water in which the feet of a Brahman or spiritual guide have been washed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṣakam. spirituous liquor ("honey") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandaḥkalpam. collection of ritualistic rules View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cidvṛttif. spiritual action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daiśikamf(ī-)n. showing, directing, spiritual guide or teacher (see deśika-and deśya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityamf(ā-)n. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivoḍhāf. a woman married according to the daiva- ritual (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇābandham. "bondage of ritual reward", one of the 3 states of bondage (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇācārinmfn. worshipping śakti- according to the right-hand ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣiṇyan. the ritual of the right hand śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehalāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deśikam. a Guru or spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharītuSee dur-dh/arītu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmopadeśakam. teacher of the law, spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhiṣaṇam. any Guru or spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvajam. a distiller or vendor of spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvajavatm. a vendor of spirituous liquors (see dhvaj/a-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvajinm. any one having an emblem or sign, (especially) a vendor of spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānibodhisattvam. a spiritual (not material) buddha- or bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānibuddha m. a spiritual (not material) buddha- or bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīkṣakam. a priest, spiritual guide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravyan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛśānam. (see 1. dṛś-) a Brahman or spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥsparśam. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durabhigrahāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekakalpamfn. having the same method of performing ceremonial, observing the same ritual (as priests). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekātmatāf. the unity of spiritual essence, the doctrine of one universal spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gādhapratiṣṭhāf. "standing on a ford", Name of particular divisions of the ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galvarkam. a small crystalline vessel for drinking spirituous liquor, (in Prakritgallakka ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhottamāf. spirituous or vinous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārgyam. () patronymic fr. garga- Name of several teachers of grammar , of the ritual etc. (one is said to be the author of the pada-pāṭha- of the ) etc. (vṛddha-g-,"the old gārgya-")
gaulyan. spirituous liquor
gautamam. patronymic fr. gotama- (Name of kuśri-, uddālaka-, aruṇa- ;of śaradvat- ;of śatānanda- ;of śākya-muni-;of nodhas- and vāma-deva- ;of a teacher of ritual ;of a grammarian [with the epithet sthavira-];of a legislator ;the father of ekata-, dvita-, and trita- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhyasūtran. a ritual work containing directions for domestic rites and ceremonies (as etc.; see ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guptam. Mucuna pruritus (pta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurum. a spiritual parent or preceptor (from whom a youth receives the initiatory mantra- or prayer, who instructs him in the śāstra-s and conducts the necessary ceremonies up to that of investiture which is performed by the ācārya- ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurum. Mucuna pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurudakṣiṇāf. a fee given to a spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurudīkṣāf. initiation into the office of a spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurugatamfn. being with or belonging to a spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurugavīf. the cow of a spiritual teacher (a-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurughnam. "killing a spiritual teacher", white mustard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurugītāf. Name of a section of (relating to a spiritual teacher) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurukarmann. any affair of a spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurupūjāf. the worship of one's spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halam. spirituous liquor, wine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hālāf. spirituous liquor (a provincial term according to to ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hālāhalīf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halipriyāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsam. a spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haripriyam. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiṅkāram. the sound or cry hiṅ- (used also in ritual) ; a tiger (as making a lowing or roaring sound) - kṛ- P. -karoti- (ind.p. -kṛśya-; past participle -krita-), to make the sound hiṅ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hotṛvedam. the veda- id est ritual of the hotṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛ cl.1 P. A1. () h/arati-, te- (once in harmi-,and once in Scholiast or Commentator on -jiharti-; perfect tense P. jahāra-, jah/artha-, jahruḥ-[ -jaharuḥ-?] etc.; A1. jahre- etc.; Aorist ahār-, ahṛthās- ; ahārṣīt- etc. etc.; 3. plural A1. ahṛṣata- ; preceding hriyāt-, hṛṣīṣṭa- grammar; future hartā- etc.; hariṣyati-, te- ; Conditional ahariṣyat- ; infinitive mood h/artum-, tos-, tave-, tav/ai- ; haritum- ; ind.p. hṛtvā-, -h/āram- etc.; -h/ṛtya- etc.), to take, bear, carry in or on (with instrumental case), carry, convey, fetch, bring etc. ; to offer, present (especially with balim-) etc. ; to take away, carry off, seize, deprive of, steal, rob ; to shoot or cut or hew off, sever (the head or a limb) etc. ; to remove, destroy, dispel, frustrate, annihilate ; to turn away, avert (the face) ; A1. (older and more correct than P.), to take to one's self, appropriate (in a legitimate way), come into possession of (accusative), receive (as an heir), raise (tribute), marry (a girl) etc. ; to master, overpower, subdue, conquer, win, win over (also by bribing) etc. ; to outdo, eclipse, surpass ; to enrapture, charm, fascinate etc. ; to withhold, withdraw, keep back, retain etc. ; to protract, delay (with kālam-,"to gain time") ; (in arithmetic) to divide : Passive voice hriy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist ahāri-), to be taken or seized etc. etc. etc.: Causal hārayati-, te- (Aorist ajīharat-; Passive voice hāryate-), to cause to be taken or carried or conveyed or brought by (instrumental case or accusative; confer, compare ) or to (dative case) etc. ; to cause to be taken away, appropriate, seize, rob ; to have taken from one's self, be deprived of, lose (especially at play) ; (harayate-) See pra-hṛ- ; (hārāpayati-), to lose (at play) : Desiderative j/ihīrṣati-, te- (confer, compare jihīrṣā-, ṣu-), to wish to take to one's self or appropriate, covet, desire, long for etc. ; (with kālam-), to wish to gain time : Intensive jehrīyate-; jarharīti-, jarīharīti-, jarharti-, jarīharti- (confer, compare saṃ-hṛ-) grammar ([ confer, compare Greek .]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
humind. in Vedic ritual used immediately before the singing of the prastāva- or prelude as well as during the chanting of the pratihāra- or response View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iḍāf. the goddess iḍā- or iḷā- (daughter of manu- or of man thinking on and worshipping the gods;she is the wife of budha- and mother of purū-ravas-;in another aspect she is called maitrāvaruṇi- as daughter of mitra-- varuṇa-, two gods who were objects of the highest and most spiritual devotion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iḷāf. the goddess iḍā- or iḷā- (daughter of manu- or of man thinking on and worshipping the gods;she is the wife of budha- and mother of purū-ravas-;in another aspect she is called maitrāvaruṇi- as daughter of mitra-- varuṇa-, two gods who were objects of the highest and most spiritual devotion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indram. the Indian Jupiter Pluvius or lord of rain (who in Vedic mythology reigns over the deities of the intermediate region or atmosphere;he fights against and conquers with his thunder-bolt[ vajra-]the demons of darkness, and is in general a symbol of generous heroism; indra-was not originally lord of the gods of the sky, but his deeds were most useful to mankind, and he was therefore addressed in prayers and hymns more than any other deity, and ultimately superseded the more lofty and spiritual varuṇa-;in the later mythology indra-is subordinated to the triad brahman-, viṣṇu-, and śiva-, but remained the chief of all other deities in the popular mind) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īr cl.2 A1. /īrte- (3. plural /īrate- ), iraṃ-cakre-, iriṣyati-, airiṣṭa-, īritum- ; Ved. infinitive mood ir/adhyai- , to go, move, rise, arise from ; to go away, retire ; to agitate, elevate, raise (one's voice) : Causal P. īr/ayati- (see īl-), to agitate, throw, cast ; to excite etc. ; to cause to rise ; to bring to life ; to raise one's voice, utter, pronounce, proclaim, cite etc. ; to elevate : A1. to raise one's self
īṣvam. a spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaḍāf. Name of a plant (equals jaṭā-,Mucuna pruritus, Flacourtia cataphracta ) (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagalam. a kind of spirituous liquor (or fluid suitable for distillation ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāghanīf. see prithu-jāghana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāṅgalīf. Mucuna pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṭam. Name of several plants (equals ṭā-vatī- ;Mucuna pruritus ;Flacourtia cataphracta ; equals ṭā-mūlā- ; equals rudra-jaṭā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jñānavatmfn. endowed with knowledge or science, intelligent, wise, having spiritual knowledge etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotiṣmatmfn. spiritual, pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kācamācīf. a spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kacchapam. an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor, a flat kind of still View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kādambaraf(ī-)n. (n. ) a spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the Cadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kādambaraf(ī-)n. spirituous liquor (in general) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaḍaṅgam. a spirituous liquor, a kind of rum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpam. the most complete of the six vedāṅga-s (that which prescribes the ritual and gives rules for ceremonial or sacrificial acts) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālpamfn. (fr. k/alpa-), preceptive, ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpakāram. an author of rules on ritual or ceremonies. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpapālamf(ī-). a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpyamfn. relating to ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālpyamfn. pertaining to ritual, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalya(am-, ā-) n. f. spirituous liquor (see kadambarī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyapālamf(ī-). a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyapālakamf. a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāminīf. a spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāminīpriyāf. a kind of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṇḍānusamayam. the performance of all prescribed acts of ritual in orderly succession for a particular object before performing the same acts in the same order for a second object commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇḍūkarīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇḍurāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇḍūrāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanyāpālam. a dealer in spirituous liquors (for kalyā-pāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapikacchuf. us- and ūs- Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapikacchurāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapiprabhāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapiromaphalāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpiśan. (fr. kapiśa-), a kind of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpiśāyanan. a kind of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmacodanāf. the motive impelling to ritual acts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmavacanan. (with ) the ritual. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaśyan. a spirituous liquor (see kāśya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāśyan. equals kaśya-, a spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kātyāyanam. "descendant of kati-" (See 2. kati-), Name of the author of several treatises on ritual, grammar, etc. (he is also author of the vārttika-s or critical annotations on the aphorisms of pāṇini-, of the yajur-veda- prātiśākhya-, and of the śrauta-sūtra-s, and is identified with vara-ruci-, the author of the prākṛta-prakāśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaulam. a worshipper of śakti- according to to the left-hand ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaulikam. a follower of the left-hand śākta- ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaulīnam. a follower of the left-hand śākta- ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśaromāf. Mucuna pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
klaitakikan. a fermented liquor prepared from the Klitaka root, wine, spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kohalam. a sort of spirituous liquor (made of barley) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kohalīf. a kind of spirituous liquor (equals kuṣmāṇḍa-surā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyānvitamfn. practising ritual observances. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyāvidhijñam. understanding the ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaitrajñan. (fr. kṣetra-jñ/a- gaRa yuvādi-), spirituality, nature of the soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetravidm. one who possesses spiritual knowledge, sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrakalpam. "the smaller ritual", Name of a class of works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kukabhan. a kind of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulakṣayāf. a sort of cowach (Mucuna pruritus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulīnam. a worshipper of śakti- according to to the left-hand ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalam. Mucuna pruritus (equals kapi-kacchu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kurasam. spirituous or vinous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭīf. a kind of perfume (commonly murā-), or equals surā- (spirituous liquor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kvathitan. a spirituous liquor, (prepared with honey) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kvathitadravam. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
layam. mental inactivity, spiritual indifference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madāf. any exhilarating or intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor, wine, soma- etc., View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanāf. any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanapārijātam. Name of a compendium of rules of morality and ritual composed by viśveśvara- (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitnum. a distiller of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitnumn. spirituous liquor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavakam. a spirituous liquor (prepared from honey or from the blossoms of the Bassia Latifolia) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhun. the juice or nectar of flowers, any sweet intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor
madhulan. an intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvāsavam. a decoction of honey or of the blossoms of the Bassia Latifolia, sweet spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvāsavakṣībamfn. drunk with sweet spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvāsavanikam. a preparer of sweet spirituous liquor, distiller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madirāf. spirituous liquor, any inebriating drink, wine, nectar etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madironmattamfn. drunk with wine or spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madirotkaṭamfn. excited or intoxicated with spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāghūrṇāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāhrasvāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmātrīf. a spiritual teacher's wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāndhakāra(n-) m. thick darkness, gross spiritual darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahātamasn. "gross (spiritual) darkness", Name of one of the 5 degrees of a-vidyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manaḥsaṃcetanāhāram. one of the 4 kinds of food (in a material and spiritual sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānakam. a particular spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manasn. the spirit or spiritual principle, the breath or living soul which escapes from the body at death (called asu-in animals; see above ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasamf(ī-,once ā-)n. (fr. m/anas-) belonging to the mind or spirit, mental, spiritual (opp. to śārirā-,corporeal) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasatvan. the state of spirit, spirituality, fulfilment of anything in mere thought, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasīf. (with pūja-) mental or spiritual devotion (opp. to mūrti-p-,adoration of images) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manasmayamf(ī-)n. spiritual (as opp. to,"material") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍam. the spirituous part of wine etc. ( also "foam or froth;pith, essence;the head") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍam. spirituous or vinous liquor, brandy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manomayamf(ī-)n. consisting of spirit or mind, spiritual, mental etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
markasam. vapid spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mattāf. any intoxicating drink, spirituous or vinous liquor ; Name of a metre ([ confer, compare Latin mattus,drunk]) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mausalamf(ī-)n. Name of a madhu-parka- (composed of ghee and spirituous liquor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medakam. spirituous liquor used for distillation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyatāf. () ritual purity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyatvan. ( ) ritual purity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāf. "examination of the Vedic text", Name of one of the 3 great divisions of orthodox Hindu philosophy (divided into 2 systems, viz. the pūrva-mīmāṃsā- or karma-mīmāṃsā- by jaimini-, concerning itself chiefly with the correct interpretation of Vedic ritual and text, and usually called the mīmāṃsā-;and the uttara-mīmāṃsā- or brahma-mīmāṃsā- or śārīraka-mīmāṃsā- by bādarāyaṇa-, commonly styled the vedānta- and dealing chiefly with the nature of brahma- or the one universal Spirit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mohakalilan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrdhanm. (with Buddhists)"the summit" , Name of a state of spiritual exaltation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagnahu(or - ) m. ferment, a drug used for fermenting spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namogurum. spiritual teacher, a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāramf(ī-)n. spiritual (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārikamf(ī-)n. spiritual (see nār/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigharṣaṇan. rubbing, grinding, trituration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigṝP. -girati-, or -gilati- (-griṇāti- ; Aorist -gārīt- ; future -gariṣyati- ; infinitive mood -giritum- ) ; to swallow, ingurgitate, devour etc. ; to swallow id est totally appropriate : Passive voice -gīyate-, parasmE-pada yamāṇa- (with act. meaning) -gārayati- or -gālayati- '> (see ni-- gal-above) ; Passive voice -gāryate- or -gālyate- Intensive jegilyate-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścarP. -carati- (perfect tense 3. plural -cerur- infinitive mood -caritum-), to come forth, go out, issue out, proceed, appear, rise (as sounds) etc. etc.: Causal -cārayati-, to cause to issue or come forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛ(only perfect tense -vavāra-,3. plural -vavrur-), to ward off, restrain ; to surround : Causal -vārayati-, te- (infinitive mood -vāritum-; ind.p. -vārya-; Passive voice -vāryate-) idem or 'mf(ā-)n. impotent (see nir-v-under nir-).' etc. ; to hold back from (ablative,rarely accusative), prohibit, hinder, stop, prevent, withhold, suppress, forbid ; to put off, remove, destroy ; to exclude or banish from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
omind. ( av- ;originally oṃ- equals āṃ-,which may be derived from ā- ), a word of solemn affirmation and respectful assent, sometimes translated by "yes, verily, so be it"(and in this sense compared with Amen;it is placed at the commencement of most Hindu works, and as a sacred exclamation may be uttered [but not so as to be heard by ears profane] at the beginning and end of a reading of the veda-s or previously to any prayer;it is also regarded as a particle of auspicious salutation [Hail!]; om-appears first in the upaniṣad-s as a mystic monosyllable, and is there set forth as the object of profound religious meditation, the highest spiritual efficacy being attributed not only to the whole word but also to the three sounds a-, u-, m-,of which it consists;in later times om-is the mystic name for the Hindu triad, and represents the union of the three gods, viz. a (viṣṇu-), u-(śiva-), m-(brahmā-);it may also be typical of the three veda-s; om-is usually called praṇava-,more rarely akṣara-,or ekākṣara-,and only in later times oṃkāra-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthānusamayam. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order etc. (see kāṇḍānus-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṣṭīf. spirituous liquor distilled from rice or other grain (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānan. drinking (especially drinking spirituous liquors), draught (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānam. a distiller or vender of spirituous liquors, an inn-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānapamfn. drinking spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamakāran. the 5 essentials of the left-hand tantra- ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m-,viz. madya-,wine; māṃsa-,meat; matsya-,fish; mudrā-,intertwining of the fingers;and maithuna-,sexual union) (see -tattva-and ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānikam. a vender of spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārtham. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge etc. (in the beginning of a compound; ena-, āt-,in reality) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramārthikamf(ī-)n. (fr. paramārtha-) relating to a high or spiritual object or to supreme truth, real, essential, true (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramitamfn. transcendent (as spiritual knowledge) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimalam. (Prakritfr. mṛd-?) fragrance, or a fragrant substance, perfume (especially arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariplutāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariyajñam. a secondary or accompanying rite (which precedes or follows another in any ritual) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paś only present tense P. A1. p/aśyati-, te- (see dṛś-and ), to see (with na-"to be blind"), behold, look at, observe, perceive, notice etc. ; to be a spectator, look on (especially parasmE-pada exempli gratia, 'for example' tasya paśyataḥ-,while he looks on, before his eyes ; paśyantī tiṣṭhati-,she stands ind.p. looks on ) ; to see a person (either"visit"or"receive as a visitor") etc. ; to live to see, experience, partake of. undergo, incur etc. ; to learn, find out ; to regard or consider as, take for (accusative with accusative or adverb in vat-) ; to see with the spiritual eye, compose, invent (hymns, rites etc.) ; (also with sādhu-) to have insight or discernment etc. ; to consider, think over, examine ; to foresee ; (paśyāmi-,"ISee or l am convinced ", and paśya-, śyata-,"see, behold, look here!"often employed parenthetically or interjectionally ) [Orig. identical with spaś-, q.v ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśukalpam. the ritual of animal sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauruṣeyamf(ī-)n. coming from the soul, spiritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitryam. the ritual for oblations to the pitṛ-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīvanm. Name of a spiritual daughter of the barhi-ṣad- pitṛ-s and wife of veda-śiras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛ cl.3 P. () p/iparti- (3. plural p/iprati- ; imperative pipṛhi- ; para- ; cl.9 P. pṛṇāti-,"to protect"; perfect tense 3. plural pipruḥ- [ equals pūrṇāḥ- Scholiast or Commentator ]; Aorist subjunctive parṣi-, parṣati-, parṣa-, pāriṣat- ; apārīt- ; infinitive mood parṣ/aṇi- ), to bring over or to (accusative), bring out of, deliver from (ablative), rescue, save, protect, escort, further, promote ; to surpass, excel (accusative) ; to be able (with infinitive mood) : Causal pār/ayati- (Epic and mc. also te-; Aorist apīparat-; Passive voice pāryate-), to bring over or out, rescue, protect, save, preserve, keep alive etc. ; to get over, overcome, bring to an end ; to resist, withstand, be a match for (accusative) etc. ; to be capable of or able to (with an infinitive mood which after pāryate-has a pass. sense; confer, compare śak-and ) [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin porta,peritus; Slavonic or Slavonian pirati; German fahren; English fare.]
pṝ cl.9 P. () pṛṇ/āti- ; cl.6 P. ( pṛṇ-, ) priṇ/ati- ; cl.3 P. () p/iparti- (also A1.; imperative pipīpṛhi- ; perfect tense papāra-,3. plural paparuḥ-,or papruḥ- ; pupūre-, rire- ; -pupūryās- ; papṛv/as-[?] ; Aorist apārīt- grammar, pūriṣṭhās- ; imperative pūrdh/i- ; preceding priyāsam- , pūryāt- grammar; future parīṣyati-, parī- grammar; ind.p. pūrtvā- grammar, -pūrya- ; -pūram-[in compound with its object; confer, compare udara-p-, goṣpada-p-, carma-p-.and ]; infinitive mood pṛṇ/adhyai- ; -puras- ; pūritum- ), to fill (A1."one's self") ; to fill with air, blow into (accusative) ; to sate, cherish, nourish, bring up ; to refresh (as the pitṛ-s) (Aorist apārīt- varia lectio atārpsīt-) ; to grant abundantly, bestow on (dative case), present with (instrumental case) (often parasmE-pada pṛṇ/at-= bounteous, liberal, ungrudging) ; to fulfil, satisfy (as a wish) : Passive voice pūry/ate- (Epic also ti-,and A1. p/ūryate-, parasmE-pada p/ūyamāṇa-), to be filled with, become full of (instrumental case), be sated etc. ; to become complete (as a number) : Causal pārayati-, to fill ; to fulfil (only Aorist pīparat-) ; pūr/ayati- (), te- (Passive voice pūryate-[ confer, compare above]; Aorist apūri-, apūriṣṭa-), to fill, fill up with (instrumental case) etc. ; to fill (with a noise, said also of the noise itself) ; to fill with wind, blow (a conch) ; to draw (a bow or an arrow to the ear) ; to make full, complete, supplement (a sentence) ; to cover completely, overspread, bestrew, surround etc. ; to load or enrich or present with (instrumental case) ; to fulfil (a wish or hope) etc. ; to spend completely (a period of time) : Desiderative piparīṣati-, pupūrṣati- grammar : Intensive pāparti-, popūrti-, popūryate- [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin plere,plenus; Lit.pi4lti,pi4lnas; Slavonic or Slavonian plu8nu8; Gothic fulls; German voll; English full.]
prakṛtif. fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (especially in ritual) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādam. the food presented to an idol, or the remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasannam. spirituous liquor made of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasannerāf. spirituous liquor made of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvṛ1. (prā-prob. for pra-; see apā-vṛ-) P. A1. -vṛṇoti-, -vṛṇute- (infinitive mood -varitum- ), to cover, veil, conceal ; to put on, dress one's self in (accusative,rarely instrumental case) etc. ; to fill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvṛṣāyaṇīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvṛṣeṇyāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvṛtif. (with śaiva-s) spiritual darkness (one of the 4 consequences of māyā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayatamfn. piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with locative case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place ), self-subdued, dutiful, careful, prudent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raibhīf. Name of particular ritualistic verses (especially of ;containing several repetitions of the word rebha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyāṅgan. "limb of royalty", a requisite of regal administration (variously enumerated as 7, 8, or 9, viz. the monarch, the prime minister, a friend or ally, treasure, territory, a stronghold, an army, the companies of citizens, and the puro-hita- or spiritual adviser) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmagītāf. Name of a chapter of the adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa- (in which spiritual knowledge is shown to be better than ritualistic observances;also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātriparyāyam. the three recurring ritual acts in the atirātra- ceremony, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedam. "Hymn - veda-"or" veda- of praise", the ṛg-- veda-, or most ancient sacred book of the Hindus (that is, the collective body of sacred verses called ṛca-s [see below], consisting of 1017 hymns [or with the vālakhilya-s 1028] arranged in eight aṣṭaka-s or in ten maṇḍala-s; maṇḍala-s 2-8 contain groups of hymns, each group ascribed to one author or to the members of one family;the ninth book contains the hymns sung at the soma- ceremonies;the first and tenth contain hymns of a different character, some comparatively modern, composed by a greater variety of individual authors;in its wider sense the term ṛg-- veda- comprehends the brāhmaṇa-s and the sūtra- works on the ritual connected with the hymns) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romālum. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romavallīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadyaḥśothāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saindhīf. spirituous liquor (especially palm-juice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sairan. a kind of spirituous liquor, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākalan. the text or ritual of śākalya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalpamfn. along with the sacrificial ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakhyavisarjanan. dissolution of partnership or association (in a ritual observance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāktam. a worshipper of that energy (especially as identified with durgā-, wife of śiva-;the śākta-s form one of the principal sects of the Hindus, their tenets being contained in the tantra-sand the ritual enjoined being of two kinds, the impurer called vāmācāra- q.v,and the purer dakṣiṇācāra- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śam cl.4 P. (), ś/āmyati- (rarely te-,and Epic also śanati-, te-; Vedic or Veda śamyati-, śimyati-,and cl.9. śamnāti-[ ], śamnīṣe-, śamnīthās- imperative śamnīṣva-, śamīṣva-, śamiṣva-, śamīdhvam-; perfect tense śaśāma-, śemuḥ- etc.; śaśam/e- subjunctive śaś/amate- ; parasmE-pada śaśamān/a-[ q.v ]; Aorist /aśamiṣṭhās- ; aśamat- [ confer, compare present tense ]; preceding śamyāt- grammar; future śamiśā-, śamiṣyati- ; ind.p. śamitvā-, śāntvā-, śāmam- ), to toil at, fatigue or exert one's self (especially in performing ritual acts) ; to prepare, arrange ; to become tired, finish, stop, come to an end, rest, be quiet or calm or satisfied or contented etc. ; to cease, be allayed or extinguished etc. ; cl.9. (confer, compare above) to put an end to, hurt, injure, destroy : Passive voice śamyate- (Aorist aśami-) : Causal śam/ayati- (mc. also śāmayati-; Aorist aśīśamat-; Passive voice śāmyate-), to appease, allay, alleviate, pacify, calm, soothe, settle etc. ; to put to an end or to death, kill, slay, destroy, remove, extinguish. sup. press etc. ; to leave off, desist ; to conquer, subdue : Desiderative śiśamiṣati- grammar : Intensive śaṃśamīti- (), śaṃśamyate-, śaṃśanti- (grammar), to be entirely appeased or extinguished (perfect tense śaṃśamāṃ cakruḥ- ) . ([ confer, compare Greek ]) , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmbam. (also written śāmba-) Name of a son of kṛṣṇa- and jāmbavatī- (in consequence of the curse of some holy sages who had been deceived by a female disguise which he had assumed, he was condemned to produce offspring in the shape of a terrific iron club for the destruction of the race of vṛṣṇi- and andhaka-;he is said to have been instructed by nārada- in the worship of the sun, and by vyāsa- in the ritual of the Magi) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhānan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhānīf. mixing, distilling, the manufacture of fermented or spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhijan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhilāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhitan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃharṣam. rubbing together, trituration (for saṃgharṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samīkṣāf. the mīmāṃsā- philosophy or any work examining or explaining Vedic ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalpam. a solemn vow or determination to perform any ritual observance, declaration of purpose (exempli gratia, 'for example' a declaration by a widow of her intention to burn herself with her deceased husband) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampātasūktan. plural certain hymns which are contiguous in the saṃhitā- and ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampreṣ( -pra-- 1 iṣ-) P. -pr/eṣyati-, to send forth, throw, fling, cast ; (in Vedic ritual) to summon, invite (see 2. pre-) : Causal -preṣayati-, to send forth together, send away, despatch, send, dismiss etc. ; to send a message to (genitive case) ; to direct (the thoughts) towards (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskṛ(see saṃ-kṛ-; upa-s-kṛ-and pari--kṛ-) P. A1. -skaroti-, -skurute- (imperfect tense sam-askurvata- ; perfect tense saṃ-caskāra- ; Aorist sam-askṛta-; preceding saṃ-skriyāt-, saṃ-skṛṣīṣṭa-;fut saṃ-skariṣyati- ; infinitive mood saṃ-skaritum- ; ind.p. saṃ-skṛtya- ), to put together, form well, join together, compose etc. ; (A1.) to accumulate (pāpāni-,"to add evil to evil") ; to prepare, make ready, dress, cook (food) etc. ; to form or arrange according to sacred precept, consecrate, hallow (in various ways; see saṃ-skāra-) etc. ; to adorn, embellish, refine, elaborate, make perfect, (especially) form language according to strict rules (see saṃ-skṛta-) ; to correct (astronomically) : Passive voice saṃ-skriyate-, to be put together or arranged or prepared or consecrated or refined etc.: Causal saṃskārayati-, to cause to (be) put together etc. ; to cause to be consecrated : Desiderative saṃ-ciṣkīrṣati- : Intensive saṃ-ceṣkrīyate- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstaram. a sacrifice or the ritual arrangements for a sacrifice (generally in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',as in yajña-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃstṛm. one who recites, a reciter (a priest identified with the praśāstṛ- and mentioned along with five others in ;his sacrificial duties correspond with those of the maitrā-varuṇa- of the later ritual) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśuddhif. perfect purification or purity (also in a ritual sense)
sanam. Name of a ṛṣi- (one of the four or seven spiritual sons of brahmā-; confer, compare sanaka-) [ confer, compare Latin senex,senior; Lithuanian se4nas; Gothic sinista.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarakam. or n. a drinking vessel, goblet (especially for spirituous liquors) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarakam. spirituous liquor (especially that distilled from sugar), rum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarakam. drinking spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarakam. distribution of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarkarāsava(s-) m. spirituous liquor distilled from sugar, rum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpaṇan. (in ritual) moving softly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāsavamfn. having spirituous liquor, filled with spirituous liquor, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatapathabrāhmaṇan. "the brāhmaṇa- with a hundred paths or sections"Name of a well-known brāhmaṇa- attached to the vājasaneyi-saṃhitā- or White yajur-veda-, (like the saṃhitā-, this brāhmaṇa- is ascribed to the ṛṣi- yājñavalkya-;it is perhaps the most modern of the brāhmaṇa-s, and is preserved in two śākhā-s or schools, mādhyaṃdina- and kāṇva-;the version belonging to the former is best known, and is divided into fourteen kāṇḍa-s or books which contain one hundred adhyāya-s or lectures [or according to another arrangement into sixty-eight prapāṭhaka-s];the whole work is regarded as the most systematic and interesting of all the brāhmaṇa-s, and though intended mainly for ritual and sacrificial purposes, is full of curious mythological details and legends; see yajur-veda-, vijasaneyisaṃhitā-, brāhmaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattvan. spiritual essence, spirit, mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyalaukikan. the true and the worldly (or untrue), spiritual and worldly matters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauṇḍamf(ā-,or ī-)n. (fr. śuṇḍā-) fond of spirituous liquor, addicted to drinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauṇḍāf. spirituous liquor (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' perhaps wrong reading for śuṇḍa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śauṇḍikam. a distiller and vendor of spirituous liquors (considered as a mixed caste; according to to some"the son of a kaivarta- and a gāndhika- woman"; according to to others "the son of a niṣṭhya- and a śūdra- woman") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauramfn. (fr. surā-) consisting of spirituous liquor, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurikamfn. (fr. surā-;for 1. saurika-See) relating to or due for spirituous liquor (as money) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīdhum. ( also f.and n.;less correctly śīdhu-,of unknown derivation) spirituous liquor distilled from molasses, rum (or any similar spirit, also figuratively = "nectar") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīdhugandham. "having the smell of rum or spirituous liquor", the plant or tree Mimusops Elengi (equals bakula-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīdhurasam. "having juice like spirituous liquor", the Mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śimbīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitam. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītarasam. spirituous liquor made from the unboiled juice of the sugar-cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somam. (fr.3. su-) juice, extract, (especially) the juice of the soma- plant, (also) the soma- plant itself (said to be the climbing plant Sarcostema Viminalis or Asclepias Acida, the stalks[ aṃśu-]of which were pressed between stones[ adri-]by the priests, then sprinkled with water, and purified in a strainer[ pavitra-]; whence the acid juice trinkled into jars[ kalaśa-]or larger vessels[ droṇa-]; after which it was mixed with clarified butter, flour etc., made to ferment, and then offered in libations to the gods [in this respect corresponding with the ritual of the Iranian Avesta] or was drunk by the Brahmans, by both of whom its exhilarating effect was supposed to be prized; it was collected by moonlight on certain mountains [in ,the mountain mūja-vat- is mentioned]; it is sometimes described as having been brought from the sky by a falcon[ śyena-]and guarded by the gandharva-s; it is personified as one of the most important of Vedic gods, to whose praise all the 114 hymns of the 9th book of the besides 6 in other books and the whole are dedicated; in post-Vedic mythology and even in a few of the latest hymns of the [although not in the whole of the 9th book] as well as sometimes in the and in the , soma- is identified with the moon [as the receptacle of the other beverage of the gods called amṛta-, or as the lord of plants see indu-, oṣadhi-pati-]and with the god of the moon, as well as with viṣṇu-, śiva-, yama-, and kubera-; he is called rājan-,and appears among the 8 vasu-s and the 8 loka-pāla-s[ ] , and is the reputed author of ,of a law-book etc.; see below) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphur (confer, compare sphar-) cl.6 P. () sphur/ati- (mc. also te-; parasmE-pada sphurat-and sphuramāṇa-[qq.vv.];only in present tense base, butSee apa-sphur-; grammar also perfect tense pusphora-, pusphure-; future sphuritā-, sphuriṣyati-; Aorist asphorīt-; preceding sphūryāt-; infinitive mood sphuritum-), to spurn ; to dart, bound, rebound, spring ; to tremble, throb, quiver, palpitate, twitch (as the nerves of the arm ), struggle etc. ; to flash, glitter, gleam, glisten, twinkle, sparkle etc. ; to shine, be brilliant or distinguished ; to break forth, burst out plainly or visibly, start into view, be evident or manifest, become displayed or expanded etc. ; to hurt, destroy : Causal sphorayati- (Aorist apusphurat-or apuspharat-), to stretch, draw or bend (a bow) ; to adduce an argument ; to cause to shine, eulogize, praise excessively ; sphurayati-, to fill with (instrumental case) : Desiderative pusphuriṣati- grammar : Intensive posphuryate-, posphorti-. ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin sperno; Lithuanian spi4rti; German sporo,spor,Sporn; English spur,spurn.])
śrāvitan. (in ritual) , call, cry, exclamation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛp cl.1 P. () s/arpati- (Epic and mc. also te-; parasmE-pada s/arpat-[see sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order ]and sarpamāṇa-; perfect tense sasarpa-[1. dual number sasṛpiva-] ; Aorist asṛpat- ; asṛpta- etc.; asārpsīt-or asrāpsīt- grammar; future sarptā-or sraptā- ; sarpsyati- ; srapsyati- etc.; infinitive mood sarpitum- etc.; sarptum-or sraptum- grammar; -s/ṛpas- ; ind.p. sṛptvā- ; -s/ṛpya- etc.; -sarpam- etc.) , to creep, crawl, glide, slink, move gently or cautiously (sarpata-,"depart!") etc. ; to slip into (accusative) ; (in ritual) to glide noiselessly and with bended body and hand in hand (especially from the sadas- to the bahiṣ-pavamāna-) : Passive voice sṛpyate- (Aorist asarpi-), to be crept etc. etc.: Causal sarpayati- (Aorist asīsṛpat-or asasarpat-), to cause to creep etc. (See ava--, anu-pra--, vi-sṛp-): Desiderative s/isṛpsati- (See ut-sṛp-): Intensive sarīsṛpyate- (), sarīsarpti-, parasmE-pada sarīsṛpat- (), to creep along or hither and thither, glide about etc. [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin serpere-;See also sarpa-.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stomam. (in ritual) a typical form of chant (7 such forms are usually enumerated;but according to to the stoma- consists of 5 parts, viz. prastāva-, udgītha-, pratihāra-, upadrava-,and nidhana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stotran. (in ritual) Name of the texts or verses which are sung (in contradistinction to the śastra-s [q.v.] which are recited) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stu cl.2 P. A1. (; see ) st/auti- or stavīti-, stute- or stuvīte- (in also st/avate-,3. sg. stave-[with pass. sense], 1. 3. sg. stuṣ/e- imperative stoṣi-, parasmE-pada [mostly with pass. sense] stuvān/a-, st/avāna-or stavān/a-, st/avamāna-;in stunvanti-,in parasmE-pada stunvāna-; perfect tense tuṣṭāva-, tuṣṭuv/us-, tuṣṭuv/e- etc.; Aorist astāvīt-or astauṣīt- etc.; stoṣat-, stoṣāṇi- ; /astoṣṭa- etc.; preceding stūyāt- grammar; future stavitā-or stotā- ; future staviṣy/ati-, te- ; stoṣyati-, te- etc.; Conditional astoṣyat- ; infinitive mood stotum- etc.; stavitum- ; st/otave-, stav/adhyai- ; ind.p. stutv/ā- etc.; -st/utya- etc.; -stūya- etc.), to praise, laud, eulogize, extol, celebrate in song or hymns (in ritual,"to chant" , with locative case of the text from which the sāman- comes) etc. etc.: Passive voice stūy/ate- (Aorist astāvi-), to be praised or celebrated ; stāyamāna- mfn. being praised : Causal stāvayati- (Aorist atuṣṭavat- ; ṭuvat- ), to praise, celebrate ; (stāvayate-), to cause to praise or celebrate : Desiderative tuṣṭūṣati-, te- (past participle tuṣṭūṣita-), to wish to celebrate : Intensive toṣṭūyate-, toṣṭoti- grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutan. (in ritual) equals stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudarśanam. a sort of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suguptāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkapiṇḍi f. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkapiṇḍīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkaśimbāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkaśimbif. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkaśimbīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkaśimbikā f. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūkavatīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbasūtran. Name of a sūtra- work (belonging to the śrauta- ritual and containing curious geometrical calculations and attempts at squaring the circle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhyamfn. very pure (in a ritual sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṇḍāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṇḍakam. a distiller or seller of spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṇḍāpānan. a place where spirituous liquor is drunk or sold, tavern, dram-shop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṇḍāram. a distiller or seller of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuṇḍinm. "possessing spirituous liquor", a distiller, preparer or seller of spirituous liquors (constituting a particular mixed caste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supratibhāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāf. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' also n(sura-).;prob. fr.3 su-,"to distil", and not connected with sura-,"a god") spirituous liquor, wine (in ancient times"a kind of beer") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāf. spirituous liquor (personified as a daughter of varuṇa- produced at the churning of the ocean) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surābdhi(b-) m. the ocean of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surabhif(i-also ī-). spirituous liquor (see surā-; varia lectio murā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādṛtim. a leather bag for holding spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surājīvinm. "living by spirituous liquor", a distiller, tavern-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surākaram. (k-) "mine of spirituous liquor", the cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surākumbham. a vessel for spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpamf(ā-or ī-)n. (fr.1. -) drinking spirituous liquor, a spirit-drinker etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpam. (fr.3. -) a preserver of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpāṇa n. the drinking of spirituous liquor etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpāṇamfn. drinking spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpāṇa m. plural Name of the people of eastern India (so called from their drinking spirituous liquor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpānan. the drinking of spirituous liquor etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpānamfn. drinking spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpānam. plural Name of the people of eastern India (so called from their drinking spirituous liquor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpītham. the drinking of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāpīthamfn. drinking spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāsaṃdhānan. the distilling of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāsaṃspṛṣṭamfn. touched by spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāsamudram. the ocean of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāsavamn. beer or spirituous liquor produced by the fermentation of unripe corn etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāsavan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāśūmfn. swollen id est excited with spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāvārim. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāvat(s/urā--) mfn. having spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāvṛtam. "surrounded with spirituous liquor", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sutaptāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtpara(?) n. the distilling of spirituous liquor (= surā-saṃdhāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtran. a short sentence or aphoristic rule, and any work or manual consisting of strings of such rules hanging together like threads (these sūtra- works form manuals of teaching in ritual, philosophy, grammar etc.: exempli gratia, 'for example' in ritual there are first the śrauta-sūtra-s, and among them the kalpa-sūtra-s, founded directly on śruti- q.v; they form a kind of rubric to Vedic ceremonial, giving concise rules for the performance of every kind of sacrifice[ ] ; other kinds of śruti- works are the gṛhya-sūtra-s and sāmayācārika- or dharma-sūtra-s id est"rules for domestic ceremonies and conventional customs", sometimes called collectively smārta-sūtra-s [as founded on smṛti-or"tradition"See smārta-]; these led to the later dharmaśāstra-s or"law-books"[ ] ; in philosophy each system has its regular text-book of aphorisms written in sūtra-s by its supposed founder[ ]; in vyākaraṇa- or grammar there are the celebrated sūtra-s of pāṇini- in eight books, which are the groundwork of a vast grammatical literature; with Buddhists, pāśupata-s etc. the term sūtra- is applied to original text books as opp. to explanatory works; with jaina-s they form part of the dṛṣṭivāda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādurasāf. (only ) spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaguptāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāminm. a spiritual preceptor, learned Brahman or Pandit (used as a title at the end of names, especially of natives of the Carnatic) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayaṃguptāf. "self-preserved", Mucuna Pruritus or Carpopogon Pruriens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svṛ (also written svar-) cl.1 P. () sv/arati- (perfect tense sasvāra-;3. sg. subjunctive [?] sasv/ar- ; Aorist asvār-, asvārṣṭām- ; asvārīḥ- ; asvārīt-and asvārṣīt- grammar; future svaritā-, svartā-, svariṣyati- ; infinitive mood svaritos- ; svaritum-, svartum- grammar; ind.p. -svāram- ), to utter a sound, sound, resound ; to make (accusative) resound ; to sing, praise ; to shine : Causal svarayati- (Aorist asisravat-; Passive voice svaryate-), to pronounce or mark with the svarita- accent : Desiderative sisvariṣati-, susvūrṣati- grammar : Intensive sāsvaryate-, sāsvarti- [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin susurrus; German schwirren,Schwarm; English swarm.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tālam. () the palmyra tree or fan-palm (Borassus flabelliformis, producing a sort of spirituous liquor;considered as a measure of height ;forming a banner ;to pierce seven fan-palms with one shot is held to be a great feat ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talavakārakalpam. the ritual of the talava-kāra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṭāṅkan. a spirituous liquor prepared from the ṭaṅka- fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapartu(ritu-) m. the hot season View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taptasurākuṇḍam. "jar or hole filled with burning spirituous liquor", Name of, a hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṭasthan. a property distinct from the nature of the body and yet that by which it is known, spiritual essence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tejasn. spiritual or moral or magical power or influence, majesty, dignity, glory, authority etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇāf. Name of several plants (Mucuna pruritus, Cardiospermum Halicacabum, black mustard, atyamla-parṇī-, mahā-jyotiṣmatī-, vacā-, sarpakaṅkālikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇatailan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trirasakan. "triple-flavoured", a spirituous liquor ( ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisarakan. "thrice enjoying spirituous liquors" varia lectio for -rasaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthan. (in the ritual) a kind of recitation or certain recited verses forming a subdivision of the śastra-s (they generally form a series, and are recited in contradistinction to the sāman- verses which are sung and to the yajus- or muttered sacrificial formulas) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukthinmfn. accompanied by praise or (in ritual) by uktha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadeṣṭṛm. a Guru or spiritual guide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāgnikāf. (scilicet bhāryā-) a wife given away in presence of the sacred fire or with due observance of the fire-ritual, a properly married wife
upanayanan. that ceremony in which a Guru draws a boy towards himself and initiates him into one of the three twice-born classes (one of the twelve saṃskāra-s or purificatory rites [prescribed in the dharma-- sūtra-s and explained in the gṛhya-- sūtra-s] in which the boy is invested with the sacred thread [different for the three castes] and thus endowed with second or spiritual birth and qualified to learn the veda- by heart;a Brahman is initiated in the eighth year [or seventh according to hiraṇyakeśin-;or eighth from conception, according to śāṅkhāyana- etc.], a kṣatriya- in the eleventh, a vaiśya- in the twelfth;but the term could be delayed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanetṛm. (-) the spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhikamf(ī-)n. in accordance with rule, preceptive, ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanaśūkarīf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāran. a vessel for holding spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārivāsam. a distiller of spirit or spirituous liquors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varivasyāf. obedience to a spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇ (rather Nom.fr. varṇa-) cl.10 P. () varṇayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist avavarṇat-; infinitive mood varṇayitum-or varṇitum-), to paint, colour, dye. ; to depict, picture, write, describe, relate, tell, explain etc. ; to regard, consider ; to spread, extend ; to praise, extol, proclaim qualities : Passive voice varṇyate- (Aorist avarṇi-), to be coloured or described etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varuṇam. (once in the varuṇ/a-) "All-enveloping Sky", Name of an āditya- (in the veda- commonly the night as mitra- over the day, but often celebrated separately, whereas mitra- is rarely invoked alone; varuṇa- is one of the oldest of the Vedic gods, and is commonly thought to correspond to the of the Greeks, although of a more spiritual conception;he is often regarded as the supreme deity, being then styled"king of the gods"or"king of both gods and men"or"king of the universe";no other deity has such grand attributes and functions assigned to him;he is described as fashioning and upholding heaven and earth, as possessing extraordinary power and wisdom called māyā-,as sending his spies or messengers throughout both worlds, as numbering the very winkings of men's eyes, as hating falsehood, as seizing transgressors with his pāśa-or noose, as inflicting diseases, especially dropsy, as pardoning sin, as the guardian of immortality;he is also invoked in the veda- together with indra-, and in later Vedic literature together with agni-, with yama-, and with viṣṇu-;in ,he is even called the brother of agni-;though not generally regarded in the veda- as a god of the ocean, yet he is often connected with the waters, especially the waters of the atmosphere or firmament, and in one place[ ] is called with mitra-, sindhu-pati-,"lord of the sea or of rivers";hence in the later mythology he became a kind of Neptune, and is there best known in his character of god of the ocean;in the varuṇa- is said to be a son of kardama- and father of puṣkara-, and is also variously represented as one of the deva-gandharva-s, as a nāga-, as a king of the naga-s, and as an asura-;he is the regent of the western quarter[ see loka-pāla-]and of the nakṣatra- śatabhiṣaj-[ ];the jaina-s consider varuṇa- as a servant of the twentieth arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-) etc. etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varuṇātmajāf. " varuṇa-'s daughter", spirituous or vinous liquor (so called as produced from the ocean when it was churned) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāruṇif. (mc.) equals vāruṇī-, spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāruṇīf. varuṇa-'s female Energy (personified either as his wife or as his daughter, produced at the churning of the ocean and regarded as the goddess of spirituous liquor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāruṇīf. a particular kind of spirit (prepared from hogweed mixed with the juice of the date or palm and distilled), any spirituous liquor etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. (fr.1. vid- q.v) knowledge, true or sacred knowledge or lore, knowledge of ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. Name of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindu religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the ṛg-veda-, 2. the yajur-veda- [of which there are, however, two divisionsSee taittirīya-saṃhitā-, vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-],3. the sāma-veda-;these three works are sometimes called collectively trayī-,"the triple vidyā-"or"threefold knowledge", but the ṛg-veda- is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the Aryans in India;and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the Aryans had settled down in the Panjab];subsequently a fourth veda- was added, called the atharva-veda-, which was probably not completely accepted till after manu-, as his law-book often speaks of the three veda-s-calling them trayam brahma sanātanam-,"the triple eternal veda-", but only once [ ] mentions the revelation made to atharvan- and aṅgiras-, without, however, calling it by the later name of atharva-veda-;each of the four veda-s has two distinct parts, viz. 1. mantra-, id est words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind etc., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. brāhmaṇa-, consisting of vidhi- and artha-vāda-, i.e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the mantra-s were to be used and explanations of the legends etc. connected with the mantra-s [see brāhmaṇa-, vidhi-],both these portions being termed śruti-,revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men[ see ] , although it is certain that both mantra-s and brāhmaṇa-s were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern;as the veda-s are properly three, so the mantra-s are properly of three forms, 1. ṛc-, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation;2. yajus-, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices;3. sāman-, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the soma- or Moon-plant ceremonies, the mantra-s of the fourth or atharva-veda- having no special name;but it must be borne in mind that the yajur- and sāma-veda- hymns, especially the latter, besides their own mantra-s, borrow largely from the ṛg-veda-;the yajur-veda- and sāma-veda- being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the adhvaryu- and udgātṛ- priests respectively [see yajur-veda-, sāma-veda-];the atharva-veda-, on the other hand, is, like the ṛg-veda-, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from the ṛg- and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies etc.;each of the four veda-s seems to have passed through numerous śākhā-s or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the ṛg-veda- is only preserved in the śākala- recension, while a second recension, that of the bhāṣkala-s, is only known by name;a tradition makes vyāsa- the compiler and arranger of the veda-s in their present form: they each have an Index or anukramaṇī- [ q.v ], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or sarvānukramaṇī- [ q.v ];out of the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name veda-, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called sūtra-s [ q.v ], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called upaniṣad- [ q.v ], which were appended to the āraṇyaka-s [ q.v ], and became the real veda- of thinking Hindus, leading to the darśana-s or systems of philosophy;in the later literature the name of"fifth veda-"is accorded to the itihāsa-s or legendary epic poems and to the purāṇa-s, and certain secondary veda-s or upa-veda-s [ q.v ] are enumerated;the vedāṅga-s or works serving as limbs [for preserving the integrity] of the veda- are explained under vedāṅga-below: the only other works included under the head of veda- being the pariśiṣṭa-s, which supply rules for the ritual omitted in the sūtra-s;in the bṛhad-āraṇyaka- upaniṣad- the veda-s are represented as the breathings of brahmā-, while in some of the purāṇa-s the four veda-s are said to have issued out of the four mouths of the four-faced brahmā- and in the viṣṇu-purāṇa- the veda- and viṣṇu- are identified)
vedadṛṣṭamfn. approved or sanctioned by the veda- or Vedic ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchinnamadyamfn. one who has long abstained from spirituous liquor
vidhijñamfn. learned in ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhijñam. a Brahman who knows the ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyāf. knowledge (see kāla-jāta-v-), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy etc. etc. (according to some there are four vidyā-s or sciences, 1. trayī-,the triple veda-;2. ānvīkṣikī-,logic and metaphysics;3. daṇḍa-nīti-,the science of government;4. vārttā-,practical arts, such as agriculture, commerce, medicine etc.;and adds a fifth, viz. ātma-vidyā-,knowledge of soul or of spiritual truth;according to others, vidyā- has fourteen divisions, viz. the four veda-s, the six vedāṅga-s, the purāṇa-s, the mīmāṃsā-. nyāya-, and dharma- or law;or with the four upa-veda-s, eighteen divisions;others reckon 33 and even 64 sciences[ equals kalās-or arts];Knowledge is also personified and identified with durgā-;she is even said to have composed prayers and magical formulas)
vighasam. the residue of an oblation of food (offered to the gods, to deceased ancestors, to a guest, or to a spiritual preceptor) (sam bahu-kṛ-,to make an ample meal) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñānāhāram. spiritual food as nourishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimahī(v/i--) mfn. (prob.) exhilarating, inspiring (plur. = spirituous liquors) ( and others, "very great") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimardam. the trituration of perfumes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimardakam. the trituration of perfumes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimardanan. the trituration of perfumes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimardottham. fragrance arising from the trituration of perfumes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakam. a Guru or spiritual preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniyogam. employment, use, application (especially of a verse in ritual) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virajāf. of the wife of nahuṣa- (spiritual daughter of a class of pitṛ-s called su-svadha-s or sva-svadha-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣadharmāf. cowach, Carpopogon Pruriens or Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśodhanan. purification (in the ritual sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśokam. Name of a spiritual son of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṭutif. plural Name of a treatise on Vedic ritual. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśuddhamfn. completely cleansed or purified (also in a ritual sense), clean, clear, pure (literally and figuratively) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśudhP. A1. -śudhyati-, te-, to become perfectly pure (especially in ritual sense) etc. ; to become clear (said of the senses) ; (in algebra) to remain naught, : Causal viśodhayati-, to purify (especially ritually) ; to improve, correct ; to free from suspicion, exculpate ; to justify ; to set clear, fix or determine accurately ; (in algebra) to subtract
viśvabhāvanam. of a spiritual son of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvanandan. Name of a spiritual son of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivṛ(see vy-ūrṇu-) P. A1. -vṛṇoti-, -vṛṇute- etc. (in later language A1.only intrans. or m. Calcutta edition;in veda- Aorist often vy-āvar-, -āvo-, -āvaḥ-; infinitive mood -varitum-,or -varītum-) to uncover, spread out, open, display, show, reveal, manifest etc. ; to illumine (darkness) ; to unsheath (a sword) ; to part, comb (hair) ; to explain, describe, comment upon etc. ; to cover, cover up, stop up (perhaps always wrong reading for pi-vṛ- equals api-vṛ- q.v) ; perfect tense vi-vavāra- () equals vivārayām-āsa-, jaghāna- (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛ cl.5.9.1. P. A1. () vṛṇ/oti-, vṛṇut/e- ; vṛnāti-, vriṇīte- ; v/arati-, v/arate- (mostly cl.5. and with the preposition apa-or vi-;of cl.9. only avṛṇīdhvam- ; cl.1. only in [ confer, compare also ūrṇu-]; perfect tense vav/āra-, vavr/e- etc. etc. [2. sg. vav/artha- ; vavaritha-, vavṛma-etc. grammar; parasmE-pada vavriv/as- genitive case vavavr/uṣas- ]; Aorist /avar-or /āvar-, avṛta- [1. sg. vam-,2. dual number vartam-,3. plural avran-, parasmE-pada A1. vrāṇ/a- q.v imperative vṛdhi- ]; avārīt- ; avarīṣṭa- grammar; subjunctive varṣathas- ; Potential vriyāt-, vūryāt-, variṣīṣṭa- grammar; future varī-, varīṣyati- ; infinitive mood vartum- , varitum- , varītum- ; ind.p. vṛtv/ā- ; vṛlv/ī- ; vṛtv/āya- ; -v/ṛtya- ), to cover, screen, veil, conceal, hide, surround, obstruct etc. ; to close (a door) ; to ward off, check, keep back, prevent, hinder, restrain : Passive voice vriyate- (Aorist /avāri-), to be covered or surrounded or obstructed or hindered : Causal vār/ayati-, te- (Aorist avīvarat-, /avīvarata- ; /avāvarīt- ; Passive voice vāryate- etc.) , to cover, conceal, hide, keep back, hold captive etc. ; to stop, check, restrain, suppress, hinder, prevent from (ablative or infinitive mood;rarely two accusative) etc. ; to exclude ; to prohibit, forbid ; to withhold etc.: Desiderative of Causal vivārayiṣate- : Desiderative vivarīṣati-, vuvūrṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive vevrīyate-, vovūryate-, varvarti- [ confer, compare Gothic warjan; German wehren,Wehr; English weir.]
vṛ cl.5.9. P. A1. () vṛṇoti-, vṛṇute- ; vṛṇ/āti-, (mostly) vṛṇīt/e- (in also v/aras-, rat-, ranta-,but these may be subjunctive Aorist; perfect tense vavāra- ; vavre- [2. sg. vavṛṣ/e-,1. plural vavṛm/ahe-]etc.; Aorist avri-, avṛta- [ Potential vurīta-, parasmE-pada urāṇ/a-]etc.; avṛṣi-, ṣata- [2. plural avṛḍhvam-] ; avarīṣṭa- grammar; preceding variṣīṣṭa- ; future varī- ; variṣyate- ; varīṣyate- grammar; infinitive mood varītum- ; varitum- grammar; ind.p. varitvā-or vṛtvā- etc.; varītvā- grammar), to choose, select, choose for one's self, choose as (-arthe-or accusative of Persian) or for (-artham-or dative case, locative case instrumental case of thing) etc. ; to choose in marriage, woo etc. ; to ask a person (accusative) for (accusative) or on behalf of (kṛte-) ; to solicit anything (accusative) from (ablative or -tas-), ; to ask or request that (Potential with or without iti-) ; to like better than, prefer to (ablative,rarely instrumental case) ; to like, love (as opp. to"hate") ; to choose or pick out a person (for a boon), grant (a boon) to (accusative) : Causal () varayati-, te- (Epic also vārayati-; Passive voice vary/ate- ) ; to choose, choose for one's self, choose as (accusative of Persian) or for (-artham- dative case or locative case of thing) , ask or sue for (accusative) or on behalf of (dative case or -arthe-), choose as a wife (accusative with or without patnīm-, dārān-,or patny-artham-) etc. ; to like, love well [ confer, compare Latin velle; Slavonic or Slavonian voliti; Got.wiljian; German wollan,wollen,Wahl,wohl; Anglo-Saxon willan; English will.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣāf. Mucuna Pruritus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavrata(yajñ/a--) mfn. observing the ritual of sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñikam. a sacrificer, one versed in sacrificial ritual etc. (see gaRa ukthādi-; equals yājaka-or yajña-kartṛ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñikyan. sacrificial or ritualistic rules on ( yājñikyaka kyaka- n.a bad yājñikya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñiyam. one skilled in the performance of sacrifice or ritual, (varia lectio for yājñika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yakṣan. a living supernatural being, spiritual apparition, ghost, spirit (according to to some native Comms. equals yajña-, pujā-, pūjita-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathākalpamind. in conformity with ritual or ceremonial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
237 results
     
akṣetra अक्षेत्र a. [न.त.] Destitute of fields; uncultivated. -त्रम् 1 A bad field (अप्रशस्तम् क्षेत्रम्); अक्षेत्रे बीजमुत्सृष्टमन्तरैव विनश्यति Ms.1.71. -2 Not a good geometrical figure. -3 (fig.) A bad pupil, unworthy recipient or receptacle (of anything). Comp. -विद् a. [क्षेत्रं देहतत्त्वं तत्त्वतो न जानाति; विद्-क्विप्] destitute of spiritual knowledge; not knowing the true nature of the क्षेत्र or body (क्षेत्रतत्त्वानभिज्ञः आत्मत्वेन देहाभिमानी जीवः); So अक्षेत्रज्ञ.
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
acaitanyam अचैतन्यम् [न. त.] 1 Unconsciousness, insensibility; ignorance in spiritual matters. -2 The material world, matter.
atharvāṇam अथर्वाणम् Ritual of the Atharvaveda. -णः, -˚विद् One studying or versed in this Veda or the ritual.
anātman अनात्मन् a. [न. ब.] 1 Destitute of spirit or mind. -2 Not spiritual, corporeal. -3 One who has not restrained his self; अनात्मनस्तु शत्रुत्वे वर्तेतात्मैवशत्रुवत् Bg.6.6. -m. [अप्रशस्तो भिन्नो वा आत्मा न. त.] Not self, another, something different from आत्मन् (spirit or soul) i. e. the perishable body; अप्राप्तः प्राप्यते यो$यमत्यन्तं त्यज्यते$थवा । जानीयात्तमनात्मानं बुद्धयन्तं वपुरादिकम् ॥ अनात्मन्यात्मबुद्धिर्या सा$- विद्या परिकीर्तिता ॥ -Comp. -ज्ञ, वेदिन् a. 1 devoid of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom. -2 not knowing oneself, foolish, silly; मा तावदनात्मज्ञे Ś.6; कथं कार्यविनिमयेन व्यवहरति मयि ˚ज्ञः M.1; स्फुटमापदां पदमनात्मवेदिता Śi.15. 22. -प्रत्यवेक्षा reflection that there is no spirit or soul (with Buddhists). -संपन्न a. foolish, destitute of qualities (of the soul) not self-possessed; न त्वेवानात्मसंपन्नाद् वृत्तिमीहेत पण्डितः Pt.1.49.
anutarṣaḥ अनुतर्षः [तृष्-घञ्] 1 Thirst, desire to drink; सोपचार- मुपशान्तविचारं सानुतर्षमनुतर्षपदेन Śi.1.2 (thirst and liquor). -2 Wish, desire. -3 Drinking spirituous liquors. -4 A drinking vessel (used in drinking spirituous liquors). -5 Liquor itself, Śi.1.2.
anuyogaḥ अनुयोगः 1 A question, inquiry, examination; या$स्मि सा$स्म्यनुयोगो मे न कर्तव्यः कथञ्चन Mb.13.93.82. अनियन्त्रणानुयोगस्तपस्विजनः Ś.1; निगृह्यानुयोगे P.VIII.2.94; वार्ता˚मधुराक्षरया च वाचा R.13.71. -2 Censure, reproof, punishment; नानुयोगा ब्राह्मणानां भवन्ति Mb.3.192.56. -3 Solicitation. -4 Exertion, effort; अनुयोगं विना तैलं तिलानां नोपजायते Pt.2.14. -5 Religious meditation; spiritual union. -6 Comment. -Comp. -कृत् 1 an interrogator. -2 a teacher, spiritual preceptor (अनुयोगं कृन्तति पश्नविषयसंशयं छिनत्ति).
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
andha अन्ध a. 1 Blind (lit. and fig.); devoid of sight, unable to see (at particular times); दिवान्धाः प्राणिनः केचिद्रात्रावन्धास्तथापरे; D. Bhāg. made blind, blinded; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; मदान्धः blinded by intoxication; so दर्पान्धः, क्रोधान्धः; काम˚ लोभ˚ अज्ञान˚ अज्ञाना- न्धस्य दीपस्य ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥; सहजान्धदृशः स्वदुर्नये Śi.16.29 blind to his own wicked acts. -2 Making blind, preventing the sight; utter, pitchy; complete, thick (darkness) प्रधर्षितायां वैदेह्यां बभूव सचराचरम् । जगत्सर्वममर्यादं तमसान्धेन संवृतम् ॥ Rām 3.52. 9. Ms.8.94; सीदन्नन्धे तमसि U.3.33; Māl.9.8.2; See ˚कूप, ˚तामसम् infra. -3 Afflicted. आर्यः पर्युषितं तु नाभ्य- वहरत्यन्धः क्षुधान्धो$प्यसौ Viś. Guna.11. -4 Soiled, tarnished; निःश्वासान्ध इवादर्शश्चन्द्रमा न प्रकाशते Rām.3.16.13. -न्धम् Darkness. अन्धः स्यादन्धवेलायां बाधिर्यमपि चाश्रयेत् Mb. 1.14.12. -2 Spiritual ignorance; अज्ञान or अविद्या q.v. -3 Water; also, turbid water. -धः 1 A kind of mendicant (परिव्राजक) who has completely controlled his organs; तिष्ठतो व्रजतो वापि यस्य चक्षुर्न दूरगम् । चतुष्पदां भुवं मुक्त्वा परिव्राडन्ध उच्यते ॥ -2 An epithet of the zodiacal signs at particular periods; (नष्टद्रव्यलाभालाभोपयोगयुक्तो राशिभेदः); मेषो वृषा मृगेन्द्रश्च रात्रावन्धाः प्रकीर्तिताः । नृयुक्कर्कटकन्याश्च दिवान्धाः परिकीर्तिताः ॥ -न्धाः (pl.) N. of a people; see अन्ध्र. -Comp. -अलजी a blind boil or abscess in the eyes (one that does not open or suppurate). (Ved. अलजि विसल्पस्य विद्रधस्य वातीकारस्य वालजेः Av.9.8.2.) -अहिः, -अहिकः a blind serpent, i. e. one that is not poisonous. (-हिः, -हिकः) N. of a fish (कुचिका). -कारः [अन्धं करोति] darkness (lit. and fig.); लीनं दिवाभीतमिवान्धकारम् Ku. 1.12; काम˚, मदन˚; अन्धकारतामुपयाति चक्षुः K.36 grows dim; बाष्पजलधारान्धकारितमुखी K.161,286. -कूपः [अन्धयतीत्यन्धः, अन्धः कूपः] 1 a well, the mouth of which is hidden; a well overgrown with plants &c. -2 [अन्धस्य दृष्टयभावस्य कूप इव] mental darkness, infatuation. -3 N. of a hell, to which those who tease and kill harmless creatures are condemned. -तमसम् (P.V.4. 79.) -तामसम्, -न्धातमसम् deep or complete darkness; लोकमन्धतमसात्क्रमोदितौ R.11.24; अन्धतमसमिव प्रविशामि U.7 the gloom of hell; प्रध्वंसितान्धतमसस्तत्रोदाहरणं रविः Śi.2.33. (-सा) night. -तामिस्रः, श्रः (-स्रम् also) 1 complete or deep darkness (especially of the soul); तामिस्रोष्टदशधा तथा भवत्यन्धतामिस्रः Sāṅ K.48 (भयविशेषविषयको$भिनिवेशः); तस्यामन्धतामिस्रमभ्यध्यायत् Mv.1. -2 spiritual ignorance (देहे नष्टे अहमेव नष्टः इति रूपमज्ञानम्); enveloped in utter darkness. (-स्रः, स्रम्) 1 N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of others and enjoy them are condemned. According to Bhavabhūti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell; cf. अन्धतामिस्रा ह्यसूर्या नाम ते लोकास्तेभ्यः प्रतिविधीयन्ते य आत्मघातिन इत्येवमृषयो मन्यन्ते U.4; तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रं महारौरवरौरवौ । नरकं कालसूत्रं च महानरकमेव च ॥ Ms.4.88,197; Y.3.224; doctrine of annihilation after death. -2 Death मोहो$प्रकाशस्तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रसंज्ञितम् । मरणं चान्धतामिस्रं तामिस्रं क्रोध उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.313.25. -धी a. mentally blind. -पूतना a demoness supposed to cause diseases in children; यो द्वेष्टि स्तनमतिसारकासहिक्काछर्दीभिर्ज्वर- सहिताभिरर्द्यमानः । दुर्वर्णः सततमधःशयो$म्लगन्धिस्तं ब्रूयुर्वरभिषजोन्ध- पूतनार्तम् Suśr. -मूषा a small covered crucible with a hole in the side. -मूषिका [अन्धं दृष्ट्यभावं मुष्णाति, मुष्-ण्वुल्] N. of a plant or grass देवताड (तत्सेवनेन चक्षुष्मत्ता भवतीति वैद्यकप्रसिद्धिः). -रात्री dark night (Ved). -वर्त्मन् m. [अन्धं सूर्यप्रकाशराहित्याद्वर्त्म यत्र] the seventh skandha or region of wind.
annam अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.
apavidyā अपविद्या Ignorance, spiritual ignorance, Māyā or illusion (अविद्या); तत्त्वस्य संवित्तिरिवापविद्याम् Ki.16.32.
aprakṛtiḥ अप्रकृतिः f. 1 Not the inherent or natural property, accidental property or nature; an accident (विकृति). -2 Spiritual being; the Puruṣa of the Sāṅkhyas. -3 Not the original word; such as a termination.
abdhiḥ अब्धिः [आपः धीयन्ते अत्र, धा-कि] 1 The ocean, receptacle of water; (fig. also) दुःख˚, कार्य˚, ज्ञान˚ &c.; store or reservoir of anything. -2 A pond, lake. -3 (In Math.) A symbolical expression for the number 7; sometimes for 4. -Comp. -अग्निः the submarine fire. -कफः, -फेन: 1 froth, foam. -2 the cuttle-fish bone, being regarded as the froth of the ocean. -ज a. born in the ocean. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 The conch. -जम् Salt. (-जौ) (dual) N. of the Aśvins. (-जा) 1 spirituous liquor (produced from the ocean). -2 the Goddess Lakṣmī. -झषः a sea-fish. -डिण्डिरः froth, foam. -द्वीपा 1 the earth. 2 a portion of land surrounded by the ocean. -नगरी N. of Dwārakā, the capital of Kṛiṣṇa. -नवनीतकः 1 the moon (the butter of the ocean). -मण्डूकी the pearloyster. -शयनः N. of Viṣṇu (so called from his resting in the ocean at the destruction and renovation of the world). -सारः a gem.
abhimardaḥ अभिमर्दः 1 Rubbing, friction. -2 Crushing down, trampling down; कृतो$भिमर्दः कुरुभिः प्रसह्य Mb.3.269.8. -3 Ravage, devastation of a country (by an enemy). -4 War, battle. कथं शक्ष्यामहे ब्रह्मन् दानवैरभिमर्दनम् Mb. 12.29.12. -5 Spirituous liquor.
amātravatvam अमात्रवत्वम् 1 Spirit, spiritual essence. -2 Defect, deficiency.
amṛta अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.
ariṣṭa अरिष्ट a. 1 Unhurt; perfect, complete; imperishable, undecaying, secure, safe; अरिष्टं गज्छ पन्थानम् Rām.1.24. 3; अरिष्टं मार्गमातिष्ठत् पुण्यं वा तु निषेवितम् Rām. -2 Auspicious, अक्षताभ्यामरिष्टाभ्यां हतः कर्णो महारथः Mb.8.66.2. -3 unauspicious; अरिष्टमैन्द्रं निशितम् Rām.6.67.164. -ष्टः 1 A heron (कङ्क). -2 A raven, crow. -3 An enemy; अरिष्टस्त्वाष्ट्रस्य Mv.4.18. -4 N. of various plants :-- (a) the soap-berry tree (Mar. रिठा); कुतपानामरिष्टकैः (शुद्धिः) Ms. 5.12. (b) another plant (Mar. निंब) Rām.2.94.9. Bhāg.8.2.12. -5 Garlic. -6 A distilled mixture. -7 N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa; a son of Bali. -ष्टा 1 A bandage. -2 N. of a medical plant (कटुका). -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa and one of the wives of Kaśyapa, and mother of महाश्वेता. -ष्टम् 1 Bad or ill luck, evil, misfortune, calamity. -2 A portentous phenomenon foreboding misfortune, unlucky omen (such as earth-quake). -3 Unfavourable symptom, especially of approaching death; रोगिणो मरणं यस्मादवश्यं भावि लभ्यते । तल्लक्षणमरिष्टं स्याद्रिष्टमप्यमिधीयते ॥ cf. also Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. -4 Good fortune or luck, happiness. -5 The lying-in-chamber, delivery-room, women's apartments; कर्मारारिष्टशालासु ज्वलेदग्निः सुरक्षितः Mb.12.69.49; (अन्तःपुरम्); अपस्नात इवारिष्ठं प्रविवेश गृहोत्तमम् Rām. -6 Butter-milk. -7 Spirituous liquor; ग्लानिच्छेदी क्षुत्प्रबोधाय पीत्वा रक्तारिष्टम् Śi. 18.77. cf.... अरिष्टं सूतिकागृहे । अशुभे निम्बवृक्षे च शुभे तक्राङ्कयोः पुमान् । काके च फेनिले नीचे व्यसने$नर्थलम्बयोः । भग्यहीने... Nm. -Comp. -असु a. Ved. having one's life unhurt. अरिष्टासु सचेवहि बृहते वाजसातये Av.14.2.72. -गातु a. Ved. dwelling securely चा$रिष्टगातुः स होता सहोभरिः Rv.5.44.3. -गृहम the lying-in-chamber. -ग्राम a. Ved. of undivided group, having a complete troop; अरिष्टग्रामाः सुमतिं पिपर्तन Rv.1.166.6. -ताति a. Ved. making fortune or happy, auspicious. (-तिः f.) safeness, security, succession of good fortune, continuous happiness (अरिष्टं करोतीति ˚तातिः; अरिष्टस्य भावो वा शिवशमरिष्टस्य करे P.IV.4.143-4 Sk.); तदत्रभवता निष्पन्नाशिषां काममरिष्टतातिमाशास्महे Mv. 1. -दुष्टधी a. apprehensive of death, alarmed at the approach of death. -नेमिः N. of the 22nd तीर्थंकर of the Jainas; N. of the brother of Garuḍa. -पुरम् N. of a place; cf. अरिष्टाश्रितपुरम् P. VI.2.1. -भर्मन् a. granting security; देवेभिर्देव्यदिते$- रिष्टभर्मन्ना गहि Rv.8.18.4. -मथनः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -शय्या a lying in couch; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा R. 3.15. -सूदनः, -हन् m. killer of Ariṣṭa, epithet of Viṣṇu.
ātman आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.
ātmatā आत्मता त्वम् Identity with self, spirituality.
ātharvaṇa आथर्वण a. (-णी f.) [अथर्वणा मुनिना दृष्टः वेदः अण् आथर्वणः तमधीते वेत्ति वा अण् P.IV.3.133] Originating from, relating or belonging to, the Atharvaveda or the Athrvans; अग्नौ साक्षिण्याथर्वणेन विधिना Dk; आथर्वण- स्तीव्र इवाभिचारः Mv.1.62. -णः 1 A Brāhmaṇa knowing or studying the Atharvaveda. -2 A descendant of Atharvan; इदं वै तन्मधु दध्यङ्ङार्थवणो$श्विभ्यामुवाच Bṛi. Up.2.5.16. -3 A priest whose ritual is comprised in the Atharvaveda. -4 The Atharvaveda itself (अथर्वणां समूहः). -5 A housepriest. -णम् 1 A private room in which the sacrificer is informed of the happy event of the sacrifice by the officiating Brāhmaṇa. -2 The black art, magic (जारणमारण). -शिरस् n. N. of an Upaniṣad belonging to the Atharvaveda.
ādeśaḥ आदेशः 1 An order, command; भ्रातुरादेशमादाय Rām.; आदेशं देशकालज्ञः प्रतिजग्राह R.1.92; राजद्विष्टादेशकृतः Y.2.34 doing acts forbidden by the king. -2 Advice, instruction, precept, rule; आदित्यो ब्रह्मेत्यादेशः Ch. Up.3.19.1; Ken.4.4.; Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -3 Account, information, relation, pointing out, indication. -4 A prediction, prophecy; विप्रश्निकादेशवचनानि K.64; see सिद्धादेश also. -5 (Gram.) A substitute; धातोः स्थान इवादेशं सुग्रीवं संन्यवेशयत् R.12.58. -6 (In astrology) Event, result, consequence of the conjunction of stars. -7 Determination to perform (a ritual &c. संकल्प), vow; उद्धृतं मे स्वयं तोयं व्रतादेशं करिष्यति Rām.2.22.28. -Comp. -कृत् See ग्रामणी; आदेशकृत् वृत्तिहन्ता द्विजानां प्रेषकश्च यः Mb.5.37.13. -कारिन् a. obedient.
ādhyātmika आध्यात्मिक a. (-की f.) [आत्मानं अधिकृत्य भवः ठञ्] 1 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -2 Spiritual, holy; जपयज्ञप्रसिद्धर्थं्य विद्यां चाध्यात्मिकीं जपेत् Y.1.11; Ms.2.117 -3 Relating to self. -4 Caused by the mind (pain, sorrow &c.); see आधिदैविक.
ādhyāpakaḥ आध्यापकः [अध्यापक एव स्वार्थे अण्] A teacher, a spiritual preceptor.
ārya आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.
āśma आश्म a. (-श्मी f.) [अश्मन-अण्] Made of stone, stony. -श्मः Anything made of stone. -Comp. -भारिक a. having a mass of stones. -रथ्यः N. of a teacher of ritual.
āśru आश्रु 5 P. 1 To hear, listen to. -2 To promise (with dat. of person; cf. P.I.4.4; Y.2.196). -3 To accept, undertake. -Caus. 1 To cause to hear, -2 To call, particularly in ritualistic formulas; ओमित्या- श्रावयति Ch. Up.1.1.9. -3 To draw towards, win over, attract; आश्रावयेदस्य जनं Bk.12.3. -4 To say, repeat (as a Mantra). ओं श्रावयेत्याश्रावयन्ति Tait. Up.1.8.1.
āśvalāyanaḥ आश्वलायनः N. of the author of a celebrated ritual work, called the Āśvalāyana Sūtras; कौसल्यश्चाश्वलायनः Praśn. Up.1.1. -शाखा The school of आश्वलायन.
āsavaḥ आसवः [आ सु-अण्] 1 Distillation. -2 Decoction. -3 Any spirituous liquor (distilled from sugar, molasses &c.); अनासवाख्यं करणं मदस्य Ku.1.13; कुमारी˚, द्राक्षा˚ &c; यच्च पक्वैषधाम्बुभ्यां सिद्धं मद्यं स आसवः Bhāva. P. Mādhava, however, seems to differ and says, शीधुरिक्षुरसैः पक्वैरपक्वै- रासवो भवेत् । मैरेयं धातकीपुष्पैर्गुडधानाम्लसंहितम् ॥; आसवरागताम्रम् Ki.16.46. -5 A vessel for liquor. -6 Exciting. -Comp. -द्रुः [आसवस्य कारणं द्रुः शाक˚ त˚] N. of the Palmyra tree (the juice of which, on fermenting, forms a spirituous liquor).
āsura आसुर a. (-री f.) [असुरस्येदं अण् opp. दैव] 1 Belonging to Asuras. -2 Belonging to evil spirits; आसुरी माया, आसुरी रात्रिः &c. -3 Infernal, demoniacal; आसुरं भावमाश्रितः Bg.7.15 (for a full exposition of what constitutes आसुर conduct, see Bg.16.7-24). -4 Not performing sacrifices. -5 Divine, spiritual. -रः 1 A demon [स्वार्थे अण्]. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage, in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father or other paternal kinsmen; (see उद्वाह); आसुरो द्रविणादानात् Y.1.61; Ms.3.31. -3 (pl.) The stars of the southern hemisphere. -4 A prince of the warrior-tribe Asura. -री 1 Surgery, curing by cutting by instruments. -2 A female demon, demoness; संभ्रमादासुरीभिः Ve.1.3. -3 N. of a plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. (Mar. मोहरी; राई) -रम् 1 Blood. -2 Black salt.
irā इरा [इ-रन् Uṇ.2.28; इं कामं राति रा-क वा Tv.] ('इरा तु मदिरावारिभारत्यशनभूमिषु' इति विश्वलोचनः) 1 The earth. -2 Speech. -3 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī, -4 Water. -5 food; इरावतीं धारिणीं भूधराणाम् Mb.13. 26.95. -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 Any drinkable fluid; a draught (especially of milk). -8 Refreshment, comfort (Ved. in the last three senses). -9 N. of one of the wives of Kaśyapa. -Comp. -ईशः 1 N. of Varuṇa, of Viṣṇu, of Gaṇeśa and of Brahman; इतीरेशे$तर्क्ये निजमहिमनि स्वप्रमितिके Bhāg.1.13.57. -2 a king, sovereign. -क्षीर a. Ved. whose milk is a refreshment or enjoyment; यज्ञपदीराक्षीरा स्वधाप्राणा महीलुका Av.1.1.6. (-रः) the milk ocean. -चर a. earth-born, terrestrial. -2 aquatic. (-रम्) hail; so इरावरम्. -जः N. of Kāma or Cupid. -वेल्लिका pimples on the head or, pimples on the face produced at the time of puberty (Mar. मुरुमाची पुटकुळी).
iṣvaḥ इष्वः A spiritual teacher.
uktham उक्थम् [वच्-थक्] 1 A saying, sentence, verse, hymn (स्तोत्रम्); यं बृहन्तं बृहत्युक्थे Mb.12.47.41. -2 Eulogy, praise. -3 N. of the Sāmaveda (Trik.); a variety of Sāma; (सामभेदः सामविशेषः). -4 (In ritual) A kind of recitation or certain recited verses (opp. सामन् chanted, and यजुस् muttered verses). -5 The उक्थ sacrifice; Bhāg.3.12.4. -6 Life; उक्थेन रहितो ह्येष मृतकः प्रोच्यते यथा Bhāg.1.15.6. -7 A proximate cause (उपादानकारण); एतदेषामुक्थमथो हि सर्वाणि नामान्युत्तिष्ठन्ति Bṛi. Up.1.6.1. -क्थः N. of Agni; उक्थो नाम महाभाग त्रिभिरुक्थैरभिष्टुतः Mb.3. of the drama consisting of four acts; for definition &c. see S. D.518 = वृकः a wolf.
upadeṣṭṛ उपदेष्टृ a. Giving instruction or advice. m. (ष्टा) A teacher, preceptor; especially a spiritual preceptor; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः स भगवान्कर्मोपदेष्टा हरिः Ve.1.25.
upanayaḥ उपनयः 1 Bringing near, fetching. -2 Gaining, attaining, procuring. नान्यं तवाङ्घ्रयुपनयादपवर्गमूर्तेः क्षेमं जनस्य परितो भिय ईश विद्मः Bhāg.12.8.43. -3 Employing -4 Investiture with the sacred thread, initiation into sacred study, handing a youth of the first three castes to a teacher; गृह्योक्तकर्मणा येन समीपं नीयते गुरोः । बालो वेदाय तद्योगात् बालस्योपनयं विदुः ॥ (By this ceremony spiritual birth is conferred upon the youth, and he becomes a द्विजन्मन्; the ages at which the ceremony may be performed by the three castes are respectively 8-16, 11-22 and 12-24; (see Ms.2.36-38; of what materials &c. the cords should be, is mentioned in 2.41-46). -5 The fourth member of the five-membered Indian syllogism (in logic), the application to the special case in question; व्याप्तिविशिष्टस्य हेतोः पक्षधर्मताप्रतिपादकं वचनमुपनयः Tarka K. -6 Introduction, initiation (into any science); see next.
upādhyāyaḥ उपाध्यायः [उपेत्याधीयते अस्मात्, उप-अधि-इ-घञ्] 1 A teacher or preceptor in general. -2 Particularly, a spiritual teacher, religious preceptor; य उदात्ते कर्तव्ये$ नुदात्तं करोति खण्डिकोपाध्यायस्तमै चपेटां ददाति Mbh.I.1.1. (by Y.1.35 a sub-teacher who instructs for wages only in a part of the Veda and is inferior to an आचार्य; एकदेशमुपाध्यायः); cf. Ms.2.141; एकदेशं तु वेदस्य वेदाङ्गान्यपि वा पुनः । यो$ध्यापयति वृत्त्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते ॥ see अध्यापक, and under आचार्य also. -या A female preceptor. -यी 1 A female preceptor. उपेत्य अधीयते तस्या उपाध्यायी, उपाध्याया and Vārt. या तु स्वयमेवाध्यापिका तत्र वा ङीष् वाच्यः on P.IV.1.49 Sk. -2 The wife of a preceptor. -Comp. -सर्वस्वम् N. of a grammar frequently referred to by the commentary on the Uṇādi Sūtras.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
aikṣava ऐक्षव a. (-वी f.) [इक्षु-अण्] Made of, or produced from, sugarcane, sugary. -वम् 1 Sugar. -2 A kind of spirituous liquor.
aireyam ऐरेयम् [इरायाम् अन्ने भवं ढक्] Spirituous liquor (prepared from food).
kacchaḥ कच्छः च्छम् 1 Bank, margin, skirt, bordering region (whether near water or not); यमुनाकच्छमवतीर्णः Pt.1; गन्धमादनकच्छो$ध्यासितः V.5; Śi.3.8; Māl.9.16. -2 A marsh, morass, fen. 'जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात्पुंसि कच्छस्तथाविधः' Nm. -3 The hem of the lower garment tucked into the waistband; see कक्षा. -4 A part of boat. -5 A particular part of a tortoise (in कच्छप). -6 A tree, the timber of which is used for making furniture of (तुन्न, Mar. नांदुरकी); Mb.1.7.21. -7 A populous region. -च्छा 1 A cricket. -2 The plant Lycopodium Imbricatum (वाराही). -Comp. -अन्तः the border of a lake or stream; marshy place; Ki.7.39; कच्छान्ते सुरसरितो निधाय सेनाम् 12.54. -देशः N. of a place in the South. -पः (-पी f.) 1 a turtle, tortoise; केशव धृतकच्छपरूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; Ms.1.44,12.42 (thus explained by Durga; कच्छं आत्मनो मुखसंपुटं पाति स हि किंचित् दृष्ट्वा शरीर एव मुखसंपुटं प्रवेशयति). -2 a tumour on the palate. -3 an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor. -4 an attitude in wrestling. -5 the tree Cedrela Toona (Mar. नांदुरकी) -6 one of the nine treasures of Kubera. (-पी) 1 a female tortoise. -2 a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch. -3 a kind of lute; also the lute of Sarasvatī. -भूः f. marshy ground, morass. -रुहा a kind of grass (दूर्वा). कच्छ kaccha (च्छा cchā) टिका ṭikā कच्छाटी kacchāṭī कच्छ (च्छा) टिका कच्छाटी The end or hem of a lower garment which, after being carried round the body, is gathered up behind and tucked into the waist-band.
kaḍaṅgaḥ कडङ्गः A spirituous liquor, a kind of rum. कडङ्ग (-क) रः 1 Straw, the stalks of various sorts of pulse &c. -2 A kind of weapon (club); Mb.7.25.58. कडङ्ग (-का) रीय a. To be fed with straw. -यः An animal fed with straw, such as a cow or buffalo; नीवारपाकादि कडङ्गरीयैरामृश्यते जानपदैर्न कच्चित् R.5.9.
kaṇḍūrā कण्डूरा N. of a plant causing itch (Mucana Pruritus Mar. खाजकुयली).
karman कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.
kalpa कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्] 1 Practicable, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3. -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c. -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7. -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185. -5 End of the world, universal destruction. -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग. -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c. -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम. -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22. -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46. -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7; -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4. -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. -2 a barber. -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15. -3 any productive or bountiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3. -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1. -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance. -पालः 1 a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9. -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above. -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21. -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94. -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr. -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.
kalya कल्य a. [कलयति चेष्टामत्र, कल्-यक्; कल् कर्मणि यत्, कलासु साधु कला-यत् वा Tv.] 1 Sound, free from sickness, healthy; सर्वः कल्ये वयसि यतते लब्धुमर्थान्कुटुम्बी V.3.1; Y.1.28; यावदेव भवेत्कल्यस्तावच्छ्रेयः समाचरेत् Mb. -2 Ready, prepared; कथयस्व कथामेतां कल्याः स्मः श्रवणे तव Mb.1.5.3. -3 Clever. -4 Agreeable, auspicious (as a discourse); स स्नुषामब्रवीत्काले कल्यवादी महातपाः Mb.11.14.6. -5 Deaf and dumb. -6 Instructive. -7 Perfect in arts; कल्यो निरामये सज्जे दक्षे साधौ कलासु च Nm. -ल्यम् 1 Dawn, daybreak; य इदं कल्य उत्थाय महापुरुषलक्षणम् Bhāg.12.11.26. -2 To-morrow. -3 Spirituous liquor. -4 Congratulation, good wishes. -5 Good news. -ल्यः 1 means; सामदानादिभिः कल्यैः (आनय) Rām.4.37.9. -2 Hurling, casting (of missiles); Mb.7.195.3. -Comp. -आशः, -जग्धिः f. the morning meal, breakfast. -पालः, -पालकः a distiller. -वर्तः morning meal, breakfast. भोः सुखं न आमयपरिभूतमकल्यवर्तं च Ś.3. (-तम्) (hence) anything light, trivial, or unimportant; a trifle; ननु कल्यवर्तमेतत् Mk.2 but a trifle; स्त्रीकल्यवर्तस्य कारणेन 4; स इदानीमर्थ- कल्यवर्तस्य कारणादिदमकार्यं करोति 9.
kalyā कल्या 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a plant (हरीतकी). -3 Congratulation. -Comp. -पालः, -पालकः a distiller.
kaśya कश्य a. [कशामर्हति, कशा-यत्] Fit to be whipped or flogged. -श्यम् 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 A horse's flank.
kādambaram कादम्बरम् 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the Kadamba tree; निषेध्य मधु माधवाः सरसमत्र कादम्बरम् Śi.4.66. -री 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the कदम्ब tree. -2 Spirituous liquor or wine in general; कादम्बरीसाक्षिकं प्रथमसौहृदमिष्यते Ś.6; or कादम्बरीमदविघूर्णितलोचनस्य युक्तं हि लाङ्गलभृतः पतनं पृथिव्याम् Udb.; ˚रसभरेण K.24. -3 The fluid issuing from the temples of a rutting elephant. -4 An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. -5 A female cuckoo. -6 The rain-water collected into clefts or hollow places. -7 A female bird (सारिका). -8 N. of a celebrated story by Bāṇa; the heroine is of the same name being a daughter of Chitraratha Gandharva. -Comp. -बीजम् a ferment, yeast.
kāpiśam कापिशम् A spirituous liquor.
kāmalikā कामलिका Spirituous liquor.
kāmin कामिन् a. (-नी f.) [कम्-णिनि] 1 Lustful. -2 Desirous. -3 Loving, fond. -m. 1 A lover, a lustful person (paying particular attention to ladies); त्वया चन्द्रमसा चातिसन्धीयते कामिजनसार्थः Ś.3; त्वां कामिनो मदनदूतिमुदाहरन्ति V.4.11; Amaru.2; M.3.14. -2 A luxurious husband. -3 The ruddy goose or चक्रवाक bird. -4 A sparrow. -5 An epithet of Śiva. -6 The moon. -7 A pigeon. -8 The Supreme Being. -नी 1 A loving, affectionate, or fond woman; Ms.8.112. -2 A lovely or beautiful woman; उदयति हि शशाङ्कः कामिनीगण्डपाण्डुः Mk.1.57; केषां नैषा कथय कविताकामिनी कौतुकाय P. R.1.22. -3 A woman (in general); मृगया जहार चतुरेव कामिनी R.9.69; Me.65; Ṛs.1.28. -4 A timid woman. -5 Spirituous liquor.
kāmālikā कामालिका Spirituous liquor.
kāla काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.
kālika कालिक a. (-की f.) [काल-ठन्-ठक् वा] 1 Relating to time. -2 Depending on time; विशेषः कालिको$वस्था Ak. -3 Seasonable, timely. -कः 1 A crane. -2 A heron. -का 1 Blackness, black colour. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 Price of an article to be paid by instalments. -4 Periodical interest paid at stated times. -5 A multitude of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; कुतस्त्रपा नश्यति न त्वदाननक्षपाकरादर्शनकारिकालिका Rām. Ch.2.55; कालिकेव निबिडा बलाकिनी R.11.15. 6- Flaw (alloy &c.) in gold. -7 The liver. -8 A female crow. -9 A scorpion. -1 A spirituous liquor. -11 N. of Durgā; व्यभाव्यत प्रलयजकालिकाकृतिः Śi.17.44. -12 A particular bloodvessel in the ear. -13 A line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel. -14 A small singing bird. -15 A kind of fragrant earth. -16 A girl four years old personating Durgā at a festival. -17 N. of a Yoginī. -18 A kind of vegetable. -19 A kind of cucumber. -2 The Indian spikenard. -21 Mist. -22 An oil-woman. -कम् 1 Black sandal wood. -2 Hostility.
kālpa काल्प a. [कल्प-अण्] 1 Preceptive, laying down a rule, ritual. -2 Relating to Kalpa.
kāśyam काश्यम् Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -पम् flesh.
ku कु ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration', 'depreciation', 'sin', 'reproach', 'littleness', 'want', 'deficiency', &c. Its various substitutes are कद् (कदश्व), कव (कवोष्ण), का (कोष्ण), किं (किंप्रभुः); cf. Pt.5.17. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. a bad deed, a mean act. -a. wicked, Bhāg.1.16.22. -कु-वाच् m. jackal. -कूलम् A hole filled with stakes. ˚लः A fire made of chaff; कुकूलं शङ्कुभिः कीर्णे श्वभ्रे ना तु तुषानले Nm. -ग्रहः an unpropitious planet. -ग्रामः a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river.) -चन्दनम् Red sandal-wood. -चर a. of bad conduct, a thief; दृष्ट्वा त्वादित्यमुद्यन्तं कुचराणां भयं भवेत् Mb.14.39.13. -चेल a. wearing bad or ragged garments; कपालं वृक्ष- मूलानि कुचेलमसहायता । समता चैव सर्वस्मिन्नेतन्मुक्तस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Ms.6.44. -चरित्रम्, -चर्या wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety; Ms.9.17. -चोद्यम् an unsuitable question. -जन्मन् a. low born. -तनु a. deformed, ugly. (-नुः) an epithet of Kubera. -तन्त्री a bad lute. -तपः 1 a sort of blanket (made of the hair of the mountain goat). -2 the eighth Muhūrta or portion of the day. -3 a daughter's or sister's son. -4 the sun. -तर्कः 1 sophistical or fallacious argument. -2 a heterodox doctrine, free thinking; कुतर्केष्वभ्यासः सततपरपैशुन्यमननम् G. L.31. ˚पथः a sophistical mode of arguing. -तीर्थम् a bad teacher. -दिनम् an evil or unpropitious day. -दृष्टिः f. 1 weak sight. -2 an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). -3 an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; या वेदबाह्याः स्मृतयो याश्च काश्च कुदृष्टयः Ms.12.95. -देशः 1 a bad place or country. -2 a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression. -देह a. ugly, deformed; कुदेहमानाहिविदष्टदृष्टेर्ब्रह्मन्वचस्ते$मृतमौषधं मे Bhāg.5.12.2. (-हः) an epithet of Kubera. -द्वारम् back door. -धी a. foolish, silly, stupid. -2 wicked. -नखम् a disease of the nails; Mb.3. -नटः 1 a bad actor. -2 a sort of trumpet flower. -3 red arsenic. -नदिका a small river, rill; सुपूरा स्यात्कुनदिका Pt.1.25. -नाथः a bad master; हतास्म्यहं कुनाथेन न पुंसा वीरमानिना Bhāg.9.14.28. -नामन् m. a miser. -नीतः bad counsel, leading; तृणैश्छन्ना भूमिर्मतिरिव कुनीतैव विदुषः Mu.6.11. -पटः, -टम् a miserable garment; कुपटावृतकटिः Bhāg.5.9.1. -पथः 1 a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). -2 a heterodox doctrine. -पथ्य a. unwholesome, improper. -परीक्षक a. examining badly, not valuing rightly; कुत्स्याः स्युः कुपरीक्षका न मणयो यैरर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -पात्रम् an unfit recipient. -पुत्रः a bad or wicked son: यादृशं फल- माप्नोति कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् । तादृशं फलमाप्नोति कुपुत्रैः संतरंस्तमः ॥ Ms.9.161. कुपुत्रो जायेत क्वचिदपि कुमाता न भवति, देव्यपराध- क्षमापनस्तोत्र (ascribed to a later शङ्कराचार्य). -पुरुषः 1 a low or wicked man. -2 a spiritless coward. -पूय a. low, vile, contemptible. -प्रिय a. disagreeable, contemptible, low, mean. -प्लवः a bad boat; कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् Ms.9.161. -बन्धः a disgraceful stigma; अन्त्याभिगमने त्वङ्क्यः कुबन्धेन प्रवासयेत् Y.2.294. -ब्रह्मः, -ब्रह्मन् m. a bad or degraded Brāhmaṇa. -मन्त्रः 1 bad advice. -2 a charm used to secure success in a bad cause. -मुद्विन् a. Unfriendly; उदहृष्यन्वारिजानि सूर्योत्थाने कुमुद्विना । राज्ञा तु निर्भया लोकाः Bhāg.1.21.47. -मेरुः The southern hemisphere or pole. -योगः an inauspicious conjunction (of planets). -योगिन् m. a false devotee, impostor. -रस a. having bad juice or flavour. (-सः) a kind of spirituous liquor. -रूप a. ugly, deformed; कुपुत्रो$पि भवेत्पुंसां हृदयानन्दकारकः । दुर्विनीतः कुरूपो$पि मूर्खो$पि व्यसनी खलः ॥ Pt.5.19. -रूप्यम् tin. -लक्षण a. having fatal marks on the body. कुलक्षणेत्यहं राज्ञा त्यक्तेत्यात्तविमानना Ks.91.19. -वङ्गः lead. -वचस्, -वाच्, -वाक्य a. abusive, bad, scurrilous; using abusive or foul language; संस्मारितो मर्मभिदः कुवाग्रिपून् Bhāg.4.3.15. (-n.) abuse, bad language. -वज्रकम् crystal; a stone resembling a diamond. -वर्षः a sudden or violent shower; Rām.6. -विक्रमः bravery exhibited in a wrong place; धिगीदृशं ते नृपते कुविक्रमं कृपाश्रये यः कृपणे पतत्त्रिणि N.1.132. -विवाहः a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms.3.63. -वृत्तिः f. bad bebaviour. -वेधस् m. bad fate; हृतरत्नेन मुषितो दत्त्वा काचं कुवेधसा Ks. 71.232. -वैद्यः a bad physician, quack. -शील a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, ill tempered, of bad character; कुतो गम्यमगम्यं वा कुशीलोन्मादिनः प्रभोः Ks.32.152. -ष्ठलम् 1 a bad place. -2 the earth; शयानां कुष्ठले Bk.9.84. -सरित् f. a small river, rill; उच्छिद्यन्ते क्रियाः सर्वा ग्रीष्मे कुसरितो यथा Pt.2.89. -सृतिः f. 1 evil conduct, wickedness; कस्माद्वयं कुसृतयः खलयोनयस्ते Bhāg.8.23.7. -2 conjuring, magic. -3 roguery. -स्त्री a bad woman.
kukabham कुकभम् A kind of spirituous liquor.
kuṭī कुटी 1 A curve. -2 A cottage, hut; प्रासादीयति कुट्याम् Sk.; Ms.11.73; पर्ण˚, अश्व˚ &c. -3 A vessel with openings used for fumigation. -4 A nosegay -5 A kind of perfume (मुरा). -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 A bawd, procuress. -8 A bower (लतागृह); कुटीषु गोपीरुचि- रासु यो$र्कभूतटीषु गोपाल इति श्रुतो$चरत् Viś. Guṇā.461. -Comp. -चकः a religious mendicant of a particular order; चतुर्विधाभिक्षवस्ते कुटीचकबहूदकौ । हंसः परमहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Mb.; Bhāg.3.12.42. -चरः a kind of ascetic who entrusts the care of his family to his son and devotes himself solely to religious penance and austerities. कुटीरः kuṭīrḥ रम् ram कुटीरकः kuṭīrakḥ कुटीरः रम् कुटीरकः [कुटीशमीशुण्डाभ्यो रः P.V.3.88] A hut, cottage; U.2.29; Amaru.56 (प्रक्षिप्तश्लोक in the note). -रम् 1 Sexual intercourse. -2 Exclusiveness.
kulīna कुलीन a. [कुले जातः ख] Of high descent, of a good family, well-born; दिव्ययोषितमिवाकुलीनाम् K.11; न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनः Ch. Up.6.1.1. -नः A horse of good breed. -2 A worshipper of Śakti according to the lefthand ritual. -3 A Brāhmaṇa of the highest class in Bengal. -नम् A disease of the nails, Bhāg.7.6.12.
kusumam कुसुमम् 1 A flower; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3. -2 Menstrual discharge. -3 A fruit. -4 A disease of the eyes. -मः A form of fire. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् the calx of brass used as a collyrium. -अञ्जलिः a handful of flowers. -अधिपः, -अधिराजः m. the Champaka tree (bearing yellow fragrant flowers). -अवचायः gathering flowers; अन्यत्र यूयं कुसुमावचायं कुरुध्वमत्रास्मि करोमि सख्यः K. P.3. -अवतंसकम् a chaplet. -अस्त्रः, -आयुधः, -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः 1 a flowery arrow. -2 N. of the god of love; अभिनवः कुसुमेषुव्यापारः Māl. 1 (where the word may also be read as कुसुमेषु व्यापारः); तस्मै नमो भगवते कुसुमायुधाय Bh.1.1; तव प्रसादात् कुसुमायुधो$पि Ku.; Ṛs.6.34; Ch. P.19.24; R.7.61; Śi.8.7, so कुसुमशरबाणभावेन Gīt.1. -आकरः 1 a garden. -2 a nosegay. -3 vernal season; ऋतूनां कुसुमाकरः Bg.1.35; so Bv.1.48. -आत्मकम् saffron. -आपीडः 1 a garland or chaplet of flowers. -2 the god of love; कुसुमापीडव्याजेन Māl.1 (where it has both senses). -आसवम् 1 honey. -2 a kind of spirituous liquor (prepared from flowers). -उज्ज्वल a. brilliant with blossoms. -कार्मुकः, -चापः, -धन्वन् m. epithets of the god of love; कुसुमचापमतेजयदंशुभिः R.9.39; Ṛs.6.27. कुसुमकार्मुककार्मुकसंहितद्रुतशिलीमुखखण्डितविग्रहः । Śi.6.16. -चित a. heaped with flowers. पीडाभाजः कुसुमचिताः साशंसम् Ki. -द्रुमः a tree full of blossom; आधूय शाखाः कुसुमद्रुमाणाम् R.16.36. -पुरम् N. of the town of Pāṭaliputra; कुसुमपुराभियोगं प्रत्यनुदासीनो राक्षसः Mu.2; पितृवधपरित्रासादप- क्रान्ते कुसुमपुरात्कुमारे मलयकेतौ ibid. -प्रवृत्तिः, -प्रसूतिः f. appearance of flowers; आद्ये वः कुसुमप्रसूतिसमये यस्या भवत्यु- त्सवः Ś.4.8. -लता a creeper in blossom. -शयनम् a bed of flowers; V.3.1. -स्तबकः a nosegay, boquet; कुसुमस्तबकस्येव द्वे गती स्तो मनस्विनाम् Bh.2.33.
kohala कोहल a. [कौ हलति स्पर्धते अच् पृषो˚ Tv.] Speaking in distinctly. -लः 1 A kind of musical instrument. -2 A sort of spirituous liquor. -3 The inventor or first teacher of the drama. -4 N. of a Prākṛit grammarian (v. l. कोहर).
kaula कौल a. (-ली f.) [कुले भवः अण् cf. P.IV.2.96] 1 Relating to a family, राज्यं प्राप्तं यशश्चैव कौली श्रीरभिवर्धिता; Rām.4.29.9. -2 ancestral, hereditary; Bhāg.12.3.36. -3 Of a noble family, well-born. -लः A worshipper of शक्ति according to the left hand ritual. -लम् The doctrine and practices of the left hand Śāktas (for a short description of कौलधर्म see Karpūr. I, speech of भैरवानन्द). -Comp. -मार्गः the doctrine of the Kaulas.
kaulika कौलिक a. (-की f.) [कलादागतः ठक्] 1 Belonging to a family. -2 Customary in a family, ancestral. -कः 1 A weaver; कौलिको विष्णुरूपेण राजकन्यां निषेवते Pt.1.22. -2 An impostor, a heretic. -3 A follower of the left hand Śākta ritual.
kaulīna कौलीन a. [कौ पृथिव्यां लीनः अलुक्स˚; कुलादागतः खञ् वा; कुलालवः P.IV.1.139] Belonging to a noble family. -नः 1 The son of a female beggar. -2 A follower of the left hand Śākta ritual. -नम् 1 An evil report, a scandal; मालविकागतं किमपि कौलीनं श्रूयते M.3; तदेव कौलीनमिव प्रतिभाति V.2; Me.114; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36,84. -2 An improper act, bad or scandalous conduct; ख्याते तस्मिन् वितमसि कुले जन्म कौलीनमेतत् Ve.2.1. -3 A combat of animals. -4 Cock-fighting. -5 War, battle (in general). -6 High birth. -7 A privity, the pudenda.
kriyā क्रिया [कृ भावे करणादौ वा श cf. P.III] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; उपचार˚, धर्म˚; प्रत्युक्तं हि प्रणयिषु सतामीप्सितार्थक्रियैव Me.116. -2 An action, act, business, undertaking; प्रणयिक्रिया V.4.15; Ms.2.4. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विनयति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16. -6 Practice (opp. शास्त्र theory). -7 A literary work, composition; शृणुत मनोभिर- वहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य V.1.2; कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms.1.43. -9 An expiatory rite, expiation. -1 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (श्राद्ध). (b) Obsequies. -11 Worship; त्रैतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः 'कृता Bhāg.7.14.39. -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; शीतक्रिया M.4 cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see कर्मन्. -16 (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; क्रिया स्याद्वादिनोर्द्वयोः, द्वयो- रपि वादिनोः क्रिया प्राप्नोति V. May. -18 A verb. -19 A noun of action. -2 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A construction; कूपप्रपापुष्करिणीवनानां चक्रुः क्रियास्तत्र च धर्मकामाः Bu. Ch.2.12. -25 Spirit (अध्यात्म) ?; द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -Comp. -अन्वित a. practising ritual observances. -अपवर्गः 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; क्रियापवर्गे- ष्वनुजीविसात् कृताः Ki.1.14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. -अभ्युपगमः a special agreement; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतत् बीजार्थं यत्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53; -अर्थ a. 1 (a Vedic injunction) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशम् Ku.5.33. -अव- सन्न a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -आरम्भः Cooking; आत्मार्थं च क्रिया- रम्भः Ms.11.64. -इन्द्रियम् see कर्मेंन्द्रिय. -कलापः 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business. -कल्पः a particular mode of diognosis. -काण्डम् The portion of a श्रुति text treating of the sacrifices. -कारः 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. -तन्त्रम् one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -द्वेषिन् m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses). -द्वैतम् efficient cause. -निर्देशः evidence. -पटु a. dexterous. -पथः mode of medical treatment. -पदम् a verb. -पर a. diligent in the performance of one's duty. -पादः the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -माधुर्यम् beauty of art and architecture; अहो क्रियामाधुर्यं पाषाणानाम् Pratimā 3. -यज्ञः religious rites (such as गर्भाधानसंस्कार); Mb.1.18.5. -योगः 1 connection with the verb. -2 the employment of expedients or means; तदा तत्प्रतिकाराच्च सततं वा विचिन्तनात् । आधिव्याधिप्रशमनं क्रियायोगद्वये न तु ॥ Mb. 3.2.23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i. e. active devotion. -लोपः omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; क्रिया- लोपाद् वृषलत्वं गताः Ms.1.43. -वशः necessary influence of acts done. -वाचक, -वाचिन् a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun. -वादिन् m. a plaintiff, complainant. -विधिः a rule of action, manner of any rite; अयमुक्तो विभागो वः पुत्राणां च क्रियाविधिः Ms.9.22. -विशेषणम्, 1 an adverb. -2 a predicative adjective. -शक्तिः f. the power of god (in creating this world). -संक्रान्तिः f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19. -समभिहारः [cf. P.III.1.22] the repetition of any act; क्रियासम- भिहारेण विराध्यन्तं क्षमेत कः Śi.2.43.
kvathita क्वथित a. [क्वथ्-क्त] 1 Boiled, decocted; पक्षान्तयोर्वा$प्य- श्नीयाद्यवागूं क्वथितां सकृत् Ms.6.2. -2 Hot; अश्रुधाराः प्रमु- ञ्चन्ती संतापक्वथिताङ्गका Ks.9.61. -तम् Spirituous liquor (prepared with honey).
kṣetram क्षेत्रम् [क्षि-ष्ट्रन्] A fiield, ground, soil; चीयते बालिश- स्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3. -2 Landed property, land. -3 Place, abode, region, repository; कपटशतमयं क्षेत्रमप्रत्ययानाम् Pt.1.191; Bh.1.77; Me.16. -4 A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; क्षेत्रं क्षत्रप्रधनपिशुनं कौरवं तद्भजेथाः Me.5; Bg.1.1. -5 An enclosed spot of ground, portion or space, superficies, circuit. -6 Fertile soil. -7 Place of origin; Bhāg.2.6.1. -8 A wife; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ms.3.175; वृद्धस्तु व्याधितो वा राजा ... क्षेत्रे बीजमुत्पादयेत् Kau. A.1.17. -9 The sphere of action, the body (regarded as the field of the working of the soul); योगिनो यं विचिन्वन्ति क्षेत्राभ्यन्तर- वर्तिनम् Ku.6.77; Bg.13.1,2,3. -1 The mind. -11 A house; a town. -12 A plane figure, as a triangle. -13 A diagram. -14 A sign of the zodiac. -15 (in chiromancy) A certain portion marked out on the palm; क्षेत्रं मृजां च विधिवत्कुशलो$वलोक्य सामुद्रविद्वदति यातमनागतं च Bṛi. S.68.1. -Comp. -अंशः a degree of the ecliptic. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground. -आजीवः, -करः, -कृत m. a cultivator, peasant. -इक्षुः N. of a corn (यवनाल- Mar. जोंधळा). -गणितम् geometry. -गत a. geometrical. ˚उपपत्तिः f. geometrical proof. -ज a. 1 produced in a field. -2 born from the body. (-जः) 1 one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by a kinsman duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms.9.167,18; Y.1.69,2.128. -जात a. begotten on the wife of another. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing places. -2 clever, dexterous; क्षेत्रज्ञवद्भाषसे त्वं हि धर्मान् Mb.1.89.14. (-ज्ञः) 1 the soul; cf. क्षेत्रज्ञं चापि मां विद्धि सर्वक्षेत्रेषु भारत Bg. 13.1,3; Ms.12.12. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 a libertine. -4 a husbandman. -5 a form of Śiva. -6 a witness. (-ज्ञा) a girl fifteen years old personating Durgā at a festival. -देवता the deity of the fields; N. of a serpant. -पतिः a land-owner, a landlord. -पदम् a place sacred to a deity; पादौ हरेः क्षेत्रपदानुसर्पणे Bhāg. 9.4.2. -पालः 1 a man employed to guard a field. -2 a deity protecting fields. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -फलम् the area or superficial contents of a figure (in math.) -भक्तिः f. the division of a field. -भूमिः f. cultivated land. -राशिः quantity represented by geometrical figures. -लिप्ता a minute of the ecliptic. -विद् a. = क्षेत्रज्ञ q. v. (-m.) 1 a husbandman. -2 a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुः Ku.3.5. -3 the soul; यः क्षेत्रवित्तपतया हृदि विष्वगाविः Bhāg.4.22.37. -व्यवहारः 1 drawing a figure in geometry. -2 geometrical demonstration. -स्थ a. residing at a sacred place.
kṣaitrajñam क्षैत्रज्ञम् Spirituality, knowledge of the soul.
gandhaḥ गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.
gallarkaḥ गल्लर्कः A vessel for drinking spirituous liquor; एवं बृहत्तरे गल्लर्कप्रमाणे कुले जातः Mk.8; गल्लर्कशतपरिवृतः &c.
galvarkaḥ गल्वर्कः 1 Crystal. -2 Lapis lazuli; see गुलः; Mb. 7.16.54. -3 a goblet, a vessel for drinking spirituous liquor; मसारगल्वर्कमुखः Rām.3.43.29.
guḍalam गुडलम् Spirituous liquor distilled from molasses.
guṇaḥ गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).
guru गुरु a. (-रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ) 1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -2 Great, large, long, extended. -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85. -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35. -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1. -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food). -9 Best, excellent. -1 Dear, beloved. -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech). -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.). -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1. -14 Mighty; powerful. -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3. -16 Grievous; Me.85. -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29. -2 Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46. -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ. -4 Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34). -5 A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68. -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23. -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2. -8 The propounder of a new doctrine. -9 The lunar asterism called पुष्य. -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara). -12 The supreme spirit. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable. -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru. -2 A woman entitled to great respect. -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (-र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17. -उत्तम a. highly revered. (-मः) the Supreme soul. -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82. -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor. -कण्ठः a peacock. -कारः worship, adoration. -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair. -2 the office of a spiritual teacher. -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82. -कृत a. 1 worshipped. -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2. -क्रमः instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction. -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन). -घ्नः white mustard. -चर्या attendance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51. -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7. -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher. -2 violation or violator of a teacher's bed; Mb.12.56.32. -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m. 1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6. -2 one who defiles his step-mother. -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1. -दानम् a Guru's gift. -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य. -पत्रा the tamarind tree. -त्रम् tin. -पाक a. difficult of digestion. -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. -2 the worship of one's spiritual preceptor. -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning. -भम् 1 the constellation पुष्य. -2 a bow. -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -भावः importance, weight. -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor. -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद). -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus. -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5. -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house. -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful behaviour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2. -व्यथ a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9. -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya. -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6. -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or property; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.
gaulyam गौल्यम् 1 Syrup. -2 Spirituous liquor.
cakṣas चक्षस् m. [चक्ष् असि न ख्यादेशः] 1 A teacher, an instructor in sacred science, a spiritual teacher. -2 An epithet of Bṛihaspati. -n. 1 Radiance, clearness. -2 The act of seeing, being seen. -3 Look, sight, the eye.
capalā चपला 1 Lightning; कुरबककुसुमं चपलासुषमं रतिपतिमृग- कानने Gīt.7. -2 An unchaste or disloyal wife. -3 Spirituous liquor. -4 Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -5 The tongue. -6 Long pepper. -Comp. -जनः 1 a fickle or unsteady woman; Śi.9.16. -2 the goddess of wealth.
caraṇaḥ चरणः णम् [चर्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 A foot; शिरसि चरण एष न्यस्यते वारयैनम् Ve.3.38; जात्या काममवध्यो$सि चरणं त्विदमुद्धृतम् 39. -2 A support, pillar, prop. -3 The root of a tree. -4 The single line of a stanza. -5 A quarter. -6 A school or branch of any of the Vedas; e. g. चरणगुरवः Mv.1; Māl.1; Pt.4.3. -7 A race. -8 (In prosody) A dactyl. -णः A foot-soldier. -2 A ray of light. -णम् 1 Moving, roaming, wandering. -2 Performance, practising; Ms.6.75. -3 Conduct of life, behaviour (moral). -4 Accomplishment. -5 Eating, consuming. -6 Course. -7 Acting, dealing, managing, conduct. -8 Fixed observance of any class, age (as priesthood &c.); -9 studying under strict rules of ब्रह्मचर्य; विशुद्धवीर्याश्चरणोपपन्नाः Mb.5.3.7. -Comp. -अचलः The setting mountain; यातो$स्तमेष चरमाचलचूड- चुम्बी Murāri. -अमृतम्, -उदकम् water in which the feet of a (revered) Brāhmaṇa or spiritual guide have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a lotuslike foot. -आयुधः a cock; आकर्ण्य संप्रति रुतं चरणायुधानाम् S. D. -आस्कन्दनम् trampling, treading under foot. -उपधानम् A foot-rest; कृष्णा च तेषां चरणोपधाने Mb. 1.193.1. -गत a. fallen at the feet, prostrate. -ग्रन्थिः m., -पर्वन् n. the ankle. -न्यासः a footstep. -पः a tree. -पतनम् falling down or prostration (at the feet of another); Amaru.17. -पतित a. prostrate at the feet; Me.15. -पातः 1 tread, trampling. -2 footfall. -3 prostration. -योधिन् m. (= -आयुधः) विहिता वृक्षमूले तु वृत्तिश्चरणयोधिनाम् Rām.4.58.31. -व्यूहः A book dealing with the śākhās of the vedas. -शुश्रूषा, -सेवा 1 prostration. -2 service, devotion.
caṣakaḥ चषकः कम् [चष्-करणे क्वुन्] A vessel used for drinking spirits, a goblet, a wine-glass; च्युतैः शिरस्त्रैश्चषकोत्त- रेव R.7.49; मुखं लालाक्लिन्नं पिबति चषकं सासवमिव Śānti.1.29; Ki.9.56,57; Māl.5.18. -कम् 1 A kind of spirituous liquor. -2 Honey.
cinmaya चिन्मय a. Consisting of pure intelligence, spiritual (as the Supreme spirit). -यम् 1 Pure intelligence. -2 The Supreme Spirit.
jātiḥ जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्] 1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11. -2 The form of existence fixed by birth. -3 Race, family, lineage, rank. -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four :-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र). -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c. -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2. -7 A fire-place. -8 Nutmeg. -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses). -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer. -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8. -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator. -13 False generalization. -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3. -15 A class of metres; see App. -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9. -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg. -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg. -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74. -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9. -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41. -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste. -2 a generic property. -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges. -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg. -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15. -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि) -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67. -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste. -महः birth-day festival. -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth. -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114. -3 species, genus. -लक्षणम् generic distinction, a characteristic of a class. -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती. -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility. -वैरिन् m. a born enemy. -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind. -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c. -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood. -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family. -सारम् nutmeg. -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355. -स्वभावः generic character or nature. -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35.
jñānam ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7. -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22. -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously. -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3. -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18. -6 Conscience. -7 The Supreme spirit. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The Vedas taken collectively. -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5. -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3. -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37. -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly. -अपोहः forgetfulness. -अभ्यासः 1 study. -2 thinking, reflection. -आत्मन् a. all wise. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय). -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड). -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally. -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding. -घन m. pure or mere knowledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24. -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man. -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God. -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge. -दः a preceptor. -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge. -निश्चयः certainty, ascertainment. -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134. -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a teacher, preceptor. -पूर्व a. preceded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89. -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise. -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise. -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge. -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher. -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3. -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge. -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41. -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c. -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8. -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling. -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. -2 an organ of perception.
jñānamaya ज्ञानमय a. 1 Consisting of knowledge, spiritual; इतरो दहने स्वकर्मणां ववृते ज्ञानमयेन वह्निना R.8.2. -2 Containing knowledge. -यः 1 The Supreme spirit. -2 An epithet of Śiva.
jñānin ज्ञानिन् a. (-नी f.) [ज्ञानमस्त्यस्य इनि] Intelligent, wise. -m. 1 An astrologer, fortune-teller; यदुवाचाग्निदाहादि स ज्ञानी भावि पृच्छताम् Ks.19.77. -2 A sage, one possessed of spiritual knowledge; आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी ज्ञानी च भसतर्षभ Bg.7.16. -3 Planet mercury; ज्ञानी सर्वज्ञसौम्ययोः । Nm.
ṭāṅkam टाङ्कम् A kind of spirituous liquor (prepared from the fruit of the wood-apple tree).
tantram तन्त्रम् 1 A loom; तदा$पश्यत् स्त्रियौ तन्त्रे अधिरोप्य सुवेमे पटं वयन्त्यौ Mb.1.3.144. -2 A thread. -3 The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom; सिरीस्तन्त्रं तन्वते अप्रजज्ञयः Rv.1.71.9. -4 Posterity. -5 An uninterrupted series. -6 The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; कर्मणां युगपद्भावस्तन्त्र Kāty.; अशक्यं हि उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् । ŚB. on MS.1.2.57. -7 Main point; प्रकर्षतन्त्रा हि रणे जयश्रीः Ki.3.17. -8 Principal doctrine, rule, theory, science; विधिनोपचरेद्देवं तन्त्रोक्तेन च केशवम् Bhāg. 11.3.47; जितमनसिजतन्त्रविचारम् Gīt.2. -9 Subservience, dependence; as in स्वतन्त्र, परतन्त्र; दैवतन्त्रं दुःखम् Dk.5. -1 A scientific work. -11 a chapter, section, as of a work; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -12 A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power; Ks.23.63; Bṛi. S.16.19. -13 The cause of more than one effect. -14 A spell. -15 A chief remedy of charm; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिम् Ms.2.1. -16 A drug, medicament. -17 An oath, ordeal. -18 Raiment. -19 The right way of doing anything. -2 Royal retinue, train, court. -21 A realm, country, authority. -22 (a) Government, ruling, administration; लोकतन्त्रविधानम् Mb.3.162.1;13.63.5; लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5. (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; सर्वमेव तन्त्रमाकुली- भूतम् Mu.1;2.1. -23 An army; पराजिताः फल्गुतन्त्रैः Bhāg.1.54.15. -24 A heap, multitude. -25 A house. -26 Decoration. -27 Wealth. -28 Happiness. -29 Model. -3 Supporting a family; Mv.2.17. -31 Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom; Mb.1.13. 26. -32 A group of acts or subsidiaries common to several प्रधानकर्मs or things; यत् सकृत्कृतं बहूनामुपकरोति तत् तन्त्रमित्युच्यते । तथा बहूनां ब्राह्मणानां मध्ये कृतः प्रदीपः ŚB. on MS.11.1.1; तन्त्रं साधारणो धर्मग्रामः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. (Opp. आवापः) -33 The order of the world; यतः प्रवर्तते तन्त्रं यत्र च प्रतितिष्ठति Mb.14.2.14. -34 A detail (matter or thing) which is subservient to (i. e. serves the purpose of) several things simultaneously; साधारणं भवेत् तन्त्रम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -Comp. -काण्ठम् = तन्तु- काष्ठ q. v. -ज्ञः an expert, scientist; Bhāg.1.36.28. -भावः Simultaneity; यथा एकैकस्य सत्त्वस्य हस्तिनो$श्वस्य वा दर्शनमेकैकेन कृत्स्नमभिनिर्वर्त्यते एवमेव सत्रे तन्त्रभावो भवेत् । ŚB. on. MS.6.2.2. -युक्तिः The plan of a treatise; Kau. A. 15. -वापः, -पम् 1 weaving. -2 a loom. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; (तन्त्रवापः also).
tarala तरल a. [तॄ-अलच्] 1 Trembling, waving, shaking, tremulous; तारापतिस्तरलविद्युदिवाभ्रवृन्दम् R.13.76; घन इव तरलबलाके Gīt.5; Śi.1.4; U.5.11; Ś.1.25. -2 Fickle, unsteady, transient; वैरायितारस्तरलाः स्वयं मत्सरिणः परम् Śi.2.115; Amaru.3. -3 Splendid, sparkling, glittering; तारावितानतरला इव यामवत्यः Ki.8.56. -4 Liquid. -5 Libidinous, wanton. -6 Hollow. -7 Extensive, wide. -लः 1 The central gem of a necklace; मुक्तामयो$प्यतरलमध्यः Vās.35; or हारांस्तारांस्तरलगुटिकान् (Malli. considers this as an interpolation in Meghadūta). -2 A necklace. -3 A level surface. -4 Bottom, depth. -5 A diamond. -6 Iron. -7 Thorn-apple. -ला 1 Rice-gruel. -2 Spirituous liquor. -3 A bee. -Comp. -नयना, -लोचना a woman with rolling or tremulous eyes. -प्रतिबन्धम् a. variety of necklace with a brilliant pearl in the centre; Kau. A.2.11.
tīkṣṇa तीक्ष्ण a. [तिज्-क्स्न Uṇ.3.18.] 1 Sharp (in all senses), pungent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi. 2.19. -2 Hot, warm (as rays); विवस्वता तीक्ष्णतरांशुमालिनी Ṛs.1.18. -3 Fiery, passionate. -4 Hard, forcible, strong (as उपाय); आश्रयो धार्तराष्ट्राणां मानी तीक्ष्णपराक्रमः Mb.12.1.2. -5 Rude, cross. -6 Severe, harsh, rough, strict; तीक्ष्ण- श्चैव मृदुश्च स्यात्कार्यं वीक्ष्य महीपतिः Ms.7.14. -7 Injurious, inauspicious. -8 Keen. -9 Intelligent, clever. -1 Zealous, vehement, energetic. -11 Devoted, self-abandoning. -12 Unfriendly, unfavourable. -13 Devout, ascetic, pious. -क्ष्णः 1 Nitre. -2 Long pepper. -3 Black pepper. -3 Black mustard. -क्ष्णम् 1 Iron. -2 Steel. -3 Heat, pungency. -4 War, battle. -5 Poison. -6 Death. -7 A weapon. -8 Sea-salt. -9 Haste. -1 Anything sharp (as words &c.). -11 Plague, pestilence. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the sun; श्वेताभ्र इव तीक्ष्णांशु ददृशुः कुरुपाण्डवाः Mb.6.16.23. -2 fire. -अग्निः dyspepsia, heartburn. -आयसम् steel. -उपायः a forcible means, strong measure. -कण्टकः N. of several plants; (such as Cuparis Aphylla, Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ, नेवती, धोत्रा इ.) -कन्दः the onion. -कर्मन् a. active, zealous, energetic. (-n.) a clever work. (-m.) a sword. -कल्कः coriander. -तण्डुला long pepper. -तैलम् 1 spirituous liquor. -2 the resin of the Sāla tree. -दंष्ट्रः a tiger. -दंष्ट्रकः a leopard. -धारः a sword. -पुष्पम् cloves. -पुष्पा 1 the clove tree. -2 the Ketaka plant. -फलम् 1 coriander. -2 black mustard, -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, clever, shrewd. -मञ्जरी the betel-plant. -मार्गः a sword; सासृग्राजिस्तीक्ष्णमार्गस्य मार्गः Śi.18.2. -रश्मिः the sun. -रसः 1 salt-petre. -2 any poisonous liquid, a poison; शत्रु- प्रयुक्तानां तीक्ष्णरसदायिनाम् Mu.1,2. -लौहम् steel. -शूकः barley. -सारः iron.
tejas तेजस् n. [तिज्-भावे करुणादै असुन्] 1 Sharpness. -2 The sharp edge (of a knife &c.). -3 The point or top of a flame. -4 Heat, glow. glare. -5 Lustre, light, brilliance, splendour; दिनान्ते निहितं तेजः R.4.1; तेजश्चास्मि विभावसौ Bg.7.9,1. -6 Heat or light considered as the third of the five elements of creation (the other four being पृथिवी, अप्, वायु and आकाश). -7 The bright appearance of the human body, beauty; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा सुजन्मनस्तस्य निजेन तेजसा R.3.15. -8 Fire of energy; शतप्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु गूढं हि दाहात्मकमस्ति तेजः Ś. 2.7; U.6.14. -9 Might, prowess, strength, courage, valour; martial or heroic lustre; तेजस्तेजसि शाम्यतु U. 5.7; Ś.7.15. -1 One possessed of heroic lustre; तेजसां हि न वयः समीक्ष्यते R.11.1; Pt.1.328;3.33. -11 Spirit, energy. -12 Strength of character, not bearing insult or ill-treatment with impunity. -13 Majestic lustre, majesty, dignity, authority, consequence; तेजोविशेषानुमितां (राजलक्ष्मीं) दधानः R.2.7. -14 Semen, seed, semen virile; स्याद्रक्षणीयं यदि मे न तेजः R.14.65; 2.75; दुष्यन्तेनाहितं तेजो दधानां भूतये भुवः Ś.4.3. -15 The essential nature of anything. -16 Essence, quintessence. -17 Spiritual, moral, or magical power. -18 Fire; यज्ञसेनस्य दुहिता तेज एव तु केवलम् Mb.3.239.9. -19 Marrow. -2 Bile. -21 The speed of a horse. -22 Fresh butter. -23 Gold. -24 Clearness of the eyes. -25 A shining or luminous body, light; ऋते कृशानोर्न हि मन्त्रपूतमर्हन्ति तेजांस्यपराणि हव्यम् Ku.1.51; Ś.4.2. -26 The heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile (पित्त). -27 The brain. -28 Violence, fierceness. -29 Impatience. -3 Anger; मित्रैः सह विरोधं च प्राप्नुते तेजसा वृतः Md.3.28.18. -31 The sun; उपप्लवांस्तथा घोरान् शशिनस्तेजसस्तथा Mb.12. 31.36. -Comp. -कर a. 1 illuminating. -2 granting vital power or strength. -पदम् a mark of dignity; तेजःपदं मणिमयं च हृतं शिरोभ्यः Bhāg.1.15.14. -बीजम् marrow. -भङ्गः 1 disgrace, destruction of dignity. -2 depression, discouragement. -भीरः f. shadow. -मण्डलम् a halo of light; सर्वा एतस्मिंस्तेजोमण्डल एकीभवन्ति Praśna. Up.4.2. -मात्रा sense-organ; स एतास्तेजोमात्राः समभ्याददानो हृदयमेवान्ववक्रामति Bṛi. Up.4.4.1. -मूर्तिः the sun; Ms.3.93. -रूपम् 1 the Supreme Spirit, Brahman. -2 the nature of light. -वृत्तम् 1 noble behaviour; Ms.9.33. -2 superior power or lustre. तेजस्वत् tējasvat तेजोवत् tējōvat तेजस्वत् तेजोवत् a. 1 Bright, brilliant, splendid. -2 Sharp, pungent. -3 Brave, heroic. -4 Energetic.
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
dakṣiṇa दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer.
dakṣiṇā दक्षिणा ind. 1 On the right or south of. -2 In the southern direction (with abl.) -णा 1 A present or gift to Brāhmaṇas (at the completion of a religious rite, such as a sacrifice). -2 Dakṣiṇā regarded as a daughter of Prajāpati and as the wife of Sacrifice personified; पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीदध्वरस्येव दक्षिणा R.1.31. -3 A gift, offering or donation in general, fee, remuneration; प्राणदक्षिणा, गुरुदक्षिणा &c.; cf. also दक्षिणाशब्दश्च परिक्रयार्थो भवति ŚB. on Ms.1.2.38; परिक्रयार्थे हि दक्षिणा- शब्दो भवति ŚB. on MS.1.2.48. Etymologically दक्षिणा is so called because it imparts power or strength to the receiver; दक्षकरणी हि दक्षिणा । दक्षश्च बलम् ŚB. on MS. 1.3.45; दक्षिणा नाम दक्षतेरुत्साहकर्मणः । दक्षिणा उत्साहिका इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.57. -4 A good milch-cow, prolific cow. -5 The south. -6 The southern country, the Deccan. -7 Fame. -8 A kind of heroine thus defined:-- या गौरवं भयं प्रेम सद्भावं पूर्वनायके । न मुञ्चत्यन्यसक्तापि सा ज्ञेया दक्षिणा बुधैः ॥. -9 Completion of any rite. -Comp. -अर्ह a. deserving or worthy of a gift. -आवर्त a. 1 curved to the right (a conch-shell &c.); Bhāg.5.23.5. -2 turned towards the south. (-र्तः) 1 the Deccan. -2 a conch-shell opening to the right; Divyāvadāna 56.71. -कालः the time of receiving Dakṣiṇā. -पथः 1 the southern part of India, the south or Deccan; अस्ति दक्षिणापथे विदर्भेषु पद्मपुरं नाम नगरम् Māl.1. -2 'the path of the दक्षिणा', i. e. the cow, constituting the sacrificial cow. -प्रत्यच् a. south-western. -प्रतीची south-west. -पथिक a. belonging to the Deccan. -प्रवण a. inclining to the south. -बन्धः (in Sāṅ. phil.) the bondage of ritual or cermonial observances. -मूर्तिः m. a Tāntric form of Śiva. -युग्यः the right yoke-horse.
didhiṣāyya दिधिषाय्य a. Supporting. -य्यम् 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 A false friend.
dīkṣakaḥ दीक्षकः A spiritual guide, priest.
dīkṣitṛ दीक्षितृ m. A consecrator, spiritual father; P.III. 2.153.
dṛśānaḥ दृशानः [दृश्-आनच् किच्च] 1 A spiritual teacher. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 A guardian of the world (लोकपाल). -नम् Light, brightness.
deśika देशिक a. [देशे प्रसितः ठन्] Local, pertaining to a particular place, native, अदेशिका महारण्ये ग्रीष्मे शत्रुवशं गताः Mb.4.47.23. -कः 1 A spiritual teacher (गुरुः) धर्माणां देशिकः साक्षात् स भविष्यति धर्मभाक् Mb. -2 A traveller. -3 A guide. -4 One familiar with places.
dehalā देहला Spirituous liquor.
daityā दैत्या 1 A drug. -2 Spirituous liquor.
daiva दैव a. (-वी f.) [देवादागतः अण्] 1 Relating to gods, caused by or coming from gods, divine, celestial; संस्कृतं नाम दैवी वागन्वाख्याता महर्षिभिः Kāv.1.33; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; Y.2.235; Bg.4.25; 9.13;16.3; Ms.3.75. -2 Royal; दैवी वाग्यस्य नाभवत् Rāj. T.5.26. -3 Depending on fate, fatal. -4 Possessing the quality of सत्त्व. -वः 1 (i. e. विवाहः) One of the eight forms of marriage, that in which the daughter is given away at a sacrifice to the officiating priest; यज्ञस्य ऋत्विजे दैवः Y.1.59 (for the eight forms of marriage see उद्वाह or Ms.3.21). -2 A worshipper of god (देवभक्त); दैवान् सर्वे गुणवन्तो भवन्ति Mb. 12.158.35. -वम् 1 Fate, destiny, luck, fortune; पूर्वजन्म- कृतं कर्म तद्दैवमिति कथ्यते H. दैवमविद्वांसः प्रमाणयन्ति Mu.3; विना पुरुषकारेण दैवमत्र न सिध्यति 'God helps those who help themselves'; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361. (दैवात् by chance, luckily, accidentally.) -2 A god, deity. -3 A religious rite or offering, an oblation to gods; उत्तिष्ठ नरशार्दूल कर्तव्यं दैवमाह्निकम् Rām.1.23.2. -4 A kind of Śrāddha ceremony. -5 Parts of the hands sacred to the gods, i. e. the tips of the fingers; cf. Ms.2.59. -6 Royal duties; न तु केवलदैवेन प्रजाभावेन रेमिरे Mb.1.222.1. -7 A science phenomena, unusuals (उत्पातs); Ch. Up. 7.1.2. -वी 1 A woman married according to the form of marriage called daiva q. v. above. -2 a. Divine, super-human; दैवी संपद्विमोक्षाय निबन्धायासुरी मता Bg.16.5. -3 A division of medicine (the medical use of charms, prayers &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena. -अधीन, -आयत्त a. dependent on fate; दैवायत्तं कुले जन्म मदायत्तं तु पौरुषम् Ve.3.33. -अहोरात्रः a day of the gods i. e. the human year. -इज्य a. sacred to Jupiter (गुरु), -topaz. -उपहत a. illfated, unfortunate; दैवेनोपहतस्य बुद्धिरथवा सर्वा विपर्यस्यति Mu.6.8. -ऊढा a woman married according to the Daiva ritual. ˚ज the son of such a woman; दैवोढाजः सुतश्चैव सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.3.38. -कर्मन् n. offering, oblations to gods. -कृत a. 1 fated. -2 natural. -कोविद्, -चिन्तकः, -ज्ञः an astrologer, a fortune-teller, पुरोहित प्रकुर्वीत दैवज्ञमुदितोदितम् Y.1.313; Kām.9,25. -गतिः f. turn or course of fate; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.96.; Pt.3.174. -चिन्ता fatalism; astrology. -ज्ञ a. knowing fate or men's destinies. -तन्त्र a. dependent on fate. -दत्त a. innate, natural. -दीपः the eye. -दुर्विपाकः hardness of fortune, adverseness or unpropitiousness of fate, an evil turn of fate; U.1.4. -दोषः badness of fate. -पर a. 1 trusting to fate, fatalist. -2 fated. predestined. -प्रश्नः 1 fortune-telling, astrology. -2 a voice from heaven. नक्तं निर्गत्य यत्किञ्चिच्छुभाशुभकरं वचः । श्रूयते तद्विदुर्धीरा दैवप्रश्नमुपश्रुतिम् ॥ -युगम् 'a Yuga of the gods' said to consist of 12 divine years, but see Kull. on एतद् द्वादशसाहस्रं देवानां युगमुच्यते Ms.1.71. -योगः a lucky coincidence, fortuitous combination, fortune, chance. (दैवयोगेन, दैवयोगात् fortunately, accidentally.) -रक्षित a. guarded by the gods; अरक्षितं तिष्ठति दैवरक्षितम् Subhāṣ. -लेखकः a fortune-teller, an astrologer. -वशः, -शम् the power of destiny, subjection to fate. -वाणी 1 a voice from heaven. -2 the Sanskrit language; cf. Kāv.1.33. quoted above. -विद् m. an astrologer. -सभेयम् a variety of sandal-wood red and smelling like a lotus-flower; Kau. A.2.11. -हत a. ill-fated; सुरक्षितं दैवहतं विनश्यति Subhāṣ. -हीन a. ill-fated, unfortunate, unlucky.
dravyam द्रव्यम् 1 A thing, substance, object, matter; the whole creation (अधिभूत); द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -2 The ingredient or material of anything. -3 A material to work upon. -4 A fit or suitable object (to receive instruction &c.); द्रव्यं जिगीषुमधि- गम्य जडात्मनो$पि Mu.7.14; see अद्रव्य also. -5 An elementary substance, the substratum of properties; one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; (the dravyas are nine:-- पृथिव्यप्तेजोवाय्वाकाशकालदिगात्ममनांसि); one of the six of the Jainas (जीव, धर्म, अधर्म, पुद्गल, काल and आकाश). -6 Any possession, wealth, goods, property, money : षड् द्रव्याणि-- 'मणयः पशवः पृथिवी वासो दास्यादि काञ्चनम्'; उपार्जनं च द्रव्याणां परिमर्दश्च तानि षट् Mb.12.59.64; तत् तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः U.2.19. -7 A medicinal substance or drug. -8 Modesty. -9 Bell-metal, brass or gold; Rām.7. -1 Spirituous liquor. -11 A wager, stake. 12 Anointing, plastering. -13 An ointment. -14 The animal-dye, lac. -15 Extract, gum. -16 A cow; L. D. B. -17 A verse from the Ṛigveda. द्रव्यशब्द- श्छन्दोगैर्ऋक्षु आचरितः । ŚB. on MS.7.2.14. -Comp. -अर्जनम्, -वृद्धिः, -सिद्धिः f. acquisition of wealth. -ओघः f. affluence, abundance of wealth. -कल्कम् Viscous sediment given out by oily substances when ground; द्रव्यकल्कः पञ्चधा स्यात् कल्कं चूर्णं रसस्तथा । तैलं मष्टिः क्रमाज्ज्ञेयं यथोत्तरगुणं प्रिये ॥ Āyurveda. -गणः a class of 37 similar substances (in medicine). -परिग्रहः the possession of property or wealth. -प्रकृतिः f. the nature of matter. -वाचकम् a substantive. -शुद्धिः Cleansing of soiled articles. -संस्कारः the consecration of articles for sacrifice &c. -हस्तः a. holding anything in the hand; Ms.5.143.
dharmaḥ धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.
dhyānin ध्यानिन् a. contemplative, engaged in religious meditation. -बुद्धः, -बोधिसत्त्वः a spiritual Buddha.
dhvajavat ध्वजवत् a. 1 Adorned with flags. -2 Having a mark. -3 Having the mark of a criminal, branded; शिरःकपाली ध्वजवान्भिक्षाशी कर्म वेदयन् Y.3.243. -m 1 A standard-bearer. -2 A vendor of spirituous liquors, distiller; Ms.4.84. -3 A Brāhmaṇa who carries with him the skull of the man murdered by him to places of pilgrimage by way of penance; cf. com. on Y.3.243.
dhvajin ध्वजिन् a. (-नी f.) [ध्वजो$स्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Bearing or carrying a flag. -2 Having as a mark. -3 Having the mark of a liquor-vessel (सुराभाजनचिह्न); सुरापानापनुत्यर्थं वालवासा जटी ध्वजी Ms.11.93. -m. 1 A standard-bearer. -2 A distiller or vendor of spirituous liquors; Y.1.141. -3 A car, carriage, chariot. -4 A mountain. -5 A snake. -6 A peacock. -7 A horse. -8 A Brāhmaṇa. -9 A hypocrite; धर्मवैतंसिकाः क्षुद्रा मुष्णन्ति ध्वजिनो जगत् M.12.158.18. -नी An army; R.7.4; Śi.12.66; पृथुभिर्ध्वजिनीरवैरकार्षीच्चकितोद्भ्रान्तमृगानि काननानि Ki.13.9.
namas नमस् ind. 1 A bow, salutation, obeisance, adoration; (this word is, by itself, invariably used with dat.; तस्मै वदान्यगुरवे तरवे नमो$स्तु Bv.1.94; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यम् Ku.2.4; but with कृ, generally with acc.; मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य Sk.; but sometimes with dat. also; नमस्कुर्मो नृसिंहाय ibid. The word has the sense of a noun, but is treated as an indeclinable.) -2 Ved. Food. -3 A thunderbolt. -4 A gift, present. -5 A sacrifice. -Comp. -कारः, -कृतिः f. -करणम् bowing, respectful or reverential salutation, respectful obeisance (made by uttering the word नमस्). -कारी a kind of plant (Mar. लाजाळू). -कृत a. 1 bowed down to, saluted. -2 revered, adored, worshipped. -गुरुः 1 a spiritual teacher. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -चमसः 1 a kind of cake. -2 the moon. -3 magic. -वाकम् ind. uttering the word नमस् i. e. making a low obeisance; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1; -m. नाथायाभिरुपासिताय च नमोवाकानधीयीमहि Viś. Gunā.123. -वृध् m. a sacrifice.
naraḥ नरः [नॄ-नये-अच्] 1 A man, male person; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्यमतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5; Ms.1.96;2.213. -2 A man or piece at chess. -3 The pin of a sun-dial. -4 The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man. -5 Man's length (= पुरुष. q. v.). -6 N. of a primitive sage. -7 N. of Arjuna; see नरनारायण below. -8 A horse. -9 (In gram.) A personal termination. -1 The individual soul (जीवात्मा); Mb.12.28.5. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the penis. -2 eruption on the face. -अधमः a wretch, miscreant. -अधिपः, अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -देवः, -पतिः, -पालः a king; नरपतिहितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt. नराणां च नराधिपम् Bg.1.27; Ms.7.13; R.2.75;3.42;7.62; Me.39; Y.1.311. -अन्तकः death. -अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. नराणामयनं यस्मात् तेन नारायणः स्मृतः Brav.P. -अशः a demon, goblin. -आधारः N. of Śiva. (-रा) the earth. -इतरः 1 a being higher than a man, a god; Bhāg.4.6.9. -2 an animal. -इन्द्रः 1 a king; R.2.18. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः 3.33;6.8; Ms.9.253. -2 a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; तेषु कश्चि- न्नरेन्द्राभिमानी तां निर्वर्ण्य Dk.51; सुनिग्रहा नरेन्द्रेण फणीन्द्रा इव शत्रवः Śi.2.88. (where the word is used in both senses). ˚मार्गः a high street, main road. -3 a mineralogist; L. D. B. -उत्तमः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Buddha. -ऋषभः 'the chief of men', a prince, king. -कपालः a man's skull. -कीलकः the murderer of a spiritual preceptor. -केश(स)रिन् m. 1 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. नरसिंह below. -2 the chief of men. -चिह्नम् the moustaches. -देवः 1 the warrior class (क्षत्रिय); शिष्ट्वा वा भूमि- देवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -2 a king. -धिः the world. -द्विष् m. a demon, goblin; तेन मूर्धानमध्वंसन्नरद्विषः Bk.15. 94. -नारायणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. (-णौ dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poetry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identified with Nara and Kṛiṣṇa with Nārāyaṇa. [In some places they are called देवौ, पूर्वदेवौ, ऋषी or ऋषिसत्तमौ. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their austerities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśī from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. स्थाने खलु नारायणमृषिं विलोभयन्त्यस्तदूरुसंभवामिमां दृष्ट्वा व्रीडिताः सर्वा अप्सरस इति V.1.] -पशुः 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form. -पुङ्गवः 'best of men', an excellent man; शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गवः Bg.1.5. -बलिः a human sacrifice. -भुज् a. man-eating, cannibal. -भूः f. the Bharatavarṣa, i. e. India. -मानिका, मानिनी, -मालिनी 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon. -माला a girdle of skulls. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -यन्त्रम् sun-dial. -यानम्, -रथः, -वाहनम् a vehicle drawn by men, a palanquin; नरयानादवातीर्य Parṇāl.4.17; Bhāg.1.59.37. -लोकः 1 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world. -2 mankind. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera; विजयदुन्दुभितां ययुरर्णवा घनरवा नर- वाहनसंपदः R.9.11. -विष्वणः a demon, goblin. -वीरः a brave man, hero. -व्याघ्रः, -शार्दूलः an eminent man. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity. -संसर्गः human society. -सखः an epithet of Nārayaṇa; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -सिंहः, -हरिः 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. तव करकमलवरे नखमद्भुतशृङ्गं दलितहिरण्यकशिपुतनुभृङ्गम् । केशव धृत- नरहरिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ Gīt.1. -सिंहद्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of फाल्गुन. -स्कन्धः a multitude or body of men. -हयम् a fight or enmity between man and horse.
nāra नार a. (-री f.) [नरस्येदम्-अण्] 1 Human, mortal. -2 Spiritual; आपो नारा इति प्रोक्ताः Ms.1.1. -रः 1 A calf. -2 Water. -रा Water; cf. Ms.1.1. -रम् 1 A multitude or assemblage of men. -2 Dry ginger. -Comp. -कीटः a deceiver (disappointing expectations raised by himself). -जीवनम् gold.
nārika नारिक a. (-की f.) 1 Watery, aqueous. -2 Spiritual.
nija निज a. [नितरां जायते निजन्-ड] 1 Innate, indigenous, native, inborn, congenial. -2 Own, one's own, relating to one-self, of one's own party or country; निजं वपुः पुन- रनयन्निजां रुचिम् Śi.17.4; R.3.15;18.27; Ms.2.5. -3 Peculiar. -4 Continual, perpetual. -m. (pl.) One's own people. -Comp. -बोधः Self-knowledge, spiritual knowledge; भिक्षुर्न चाहं निजबोधरूपः Hastāmalaka Stotra.
niyamaḥ नियमः 1 Restraining, checking. -2 Taming, subduing. -3 Confining, preventing. -4 A restraint, check; वाचि नियमः U.2.2; अधर्मानियमः Ms.8.122. -5 Restriction, limitation; Mb.14.13.11. -6 A rule or precept, law (in general), usage; नायमेकान्ततो नियमः Ś. B. -7 Regularity; कुसुमसुकुमारमूर्तिर्दधती नियमेन तनुतरं मध्यम् Ratn. 1.2. -8 Certainty, ascertainment. -9 An agreement, promise, vow, engagement. -1 Necessity, obligation. -11 Any voluntary or self-imposed religious observance (dependent on external conditions); [The earliest explanation of this expression is the one found in the ŚB. on MS.4.2.24. cf. को$यं नियमः । अनियतस्य नियतता । प्रयोगाङ्गतया सर्वे देशाः प्राप्नुवन्ति, न तु समच्चयेन । यदा समो न तदा विषमः । यदा विषमो न तदा समः । स एष समः प्राप्तश्चाप्राप्तश्च । यदा न प्राप्तः स पक्षो विधिं प्रयोजयति. This is very nicely stated in the Vārttika--'नियमः पाक्षिके सति']; R.1.94; Ki.5.4; (see Malli. on Śi.13.23). -12 Any minor observance or lesser vow, a duty prescribed to be done, but which is not so obligatory as a यम q. v. शौचमिज्या तपो दानं स्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहः । व्रतमौनोपवासं च स्नानं च नियमा दशा ॥ Atri. -13 Penance, devotion, religious austerities; नियमविघ्न- कारिणी Ś.1; R.15.74. -14 (In Mīm. phil.) A rule or precept which lays down or specifies something which, in the absence of that rule, would be optional; विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ नियमः पाक्षिके सति. -15 (In Yoga phil.) Restraint of the mind, the second of the 8 principal steps of meditation in Yoga; दशैते नियमाः प्रोक्ता योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः Tantrasāra. -16 (In Rhet.) A poetical commonp lace or convention, as the description of the cuckoo in spring, peacocks in the rains &c. -17 Defining, definition. -18 Keeping down, lowering (as the voice). -19 Keeping secret; मन्त्रस्य नियमं कुर्याः Mb.5. 141.2. -2 Effort (यत्न); यथैते नियमं पौराः कुर्वन्त्यस्मिन्निवर्तने Mb.2.46.2. (नियमेन as a rule, invariably). -Comp. -उपमा a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with something else. -धर्मः a law prescribing restraints. -निष्ठा rigid observance of prescribed rites. -पत्रम् a written agreement. -विधिः a religious rite, daily ritual; नियमविधिजलानां बर्हिषां चोप- नेत्री Ku.1.6. -स्थ a. observing penance; Ku.5.13. -स्थितिः f. steady observance of religious obligations, asceticism. -हेतुः a regulating cause.
naiṣṭhika नैष्ठिक a. (-की f.) 1 Final, last, concluding; विदधे विधिमस्य नैष्ठिकम् R.8.25. -2 Decided, definitive, conclusive (as a reply.); एषा नो नैष्ठिकी बुद्धिः Mb.1.37.29. -3 Fixed, firm, constant; शान्तिमाप्नोति नैष्ठिकीम् Bg.5.12; भक्तिर्भवति नैष्ठिकी Bhāg.1.2.18. -4 Highest, perfect; मोदेन वां कामसुखैर्मदाद् वा यो नैष्ठिकं श्रोष्यति नास्य धर्मम् Bu. Ch.1.82. -5 Completely familiar with or versed in. -6 Vowing perpetual abstinence and chastity. -7 Obligatory; न चैतन्नैष्ठिकं कर्म त्रयाणां भूरिदक्षिण Mb.12.63.23. -कः [निष्ठा मरणं तत्पर्यन्तं ब्रह्मचर्येण तिष्ठति तिष्ठति निष्ठा-ठक्] A perpetual religious student who continues with his spiritual precept or even after the prescribed period, and vows life-long abstinence and chastity; निवेदितो नैष्ठिकसुन्दरस्तया Ku.5.62; cf. नैष्ठिको ब्रह्मचारी तु वसेदाचार्यसंनिधौ Y.1.49 and उपकुर्वाण also.
pakva पक्व a. [पच्-क्त तस्य वः] 1 Cooked, roasted, boiled; as in पक्वान्न. -2 Digested. -3 Baked, burned, annealed (opp. आम); पक्वेष्टकानामाकर्षणम्, आमेष्टकानां छेदनम् Mk.3. 12/13. -14 Mature, ripe; पक्वबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.82; यथा फलानां पक्वानां नान्यत्र पतनाद् भयम् Subhāṣ. -5 Fully developed, come to perfection, perfect, matured as in पक्वधी; अग्नि- पक्वाशनो वा स्यात् कालपक्वभुगेव वा Ms.6.17. -6 Experienced, shrewd. -7 Ripe (as a boil), ready to suppurate. -8 Grey (as hair). -9 Perished, decaying, on the eve of destruction, ripe to meet one's doom; 'पक्वं परिणते$पि स्याद्विनाशाभिमुखे त्रिषु' Medinī; पक्वापक्वेति सुभृशं वावाश्यन्ते वयांसि च Mb.6.3.44. -क्वम् 1 Cooked food. -2 Ripe corn. -3 The ashes of a burnt corpse. -Comp. -अतिसारः chronic dysentery. -अन्नम् cooked or dressed food. -आधानम्, आशयः the stomach, abdomen. -इष्टका a baked brick. -इष्टकाचितम् a building constructed with baked bricks. -कषाय a. whose passion has become extinguished. -कृत् a. 1 cooking; -2 maturing. (-m.) the Nimba tree. -कश a. grey-haired. -गात्र a. having a decrepit or infirm body. -रसः wine or any spirituous liquor. -वारि n. the water of boiled rice (काञ्जिक), sour rice-gruel.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
parama परम a. [परं परत्वं माति-क Tv.] 1 Most distant, last. -2 Highest, best, most excellent, greatest; प्राप्नोति परमां गतिम् Ms.4.14;7.1;2.13. -3 Chief, principal, primary, supreme; सर्वथा ब्राह्मणाः पूज्याः परमं दैवतं हि तत् Ms.9.319. -4 Exceeding, extreme. -5 Adequate, sufficient; परमं यत्नमातिष्ठेत् स्तेनानां निग्रहे नृपः Ms.8.32. -6 Worst. -7 Higher than, superior to; न मन्ये वाणि- ज्यात् किमपि परमं वर्तनमिह Pt.1.11. -मम् The utmost or highest; the chief or prominent part; (at the end of comp.) consisting principally of, solely occupied with; कामोपभोगपरमा एतावदिति निश्चिताः Bg.16.11; Ms.6.96. -मम् ind. 1 A particle of assent, acceptance or agreement (well, very well, yes, be it so); ततः परममित्युक्त्वा प्रतस्थे मुनिमण्डलम् Ku.6.35. -2 Exceedingly, very much; परमक्रुद्धः &c. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable 'om' or Brahmā. -अङ्गना an excellent woman. -अणुः an infinitesimal particle, an atom; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे पर- माणुताम् R.15.22; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78; पृथ्वी नित्या परमाणुरूपा T. S; (a परमाणु is thus defined:-- जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । भागस्तस्य च षष्ठो यः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥ Tarka K., or less accurately:-- जाला- न्तरगते रश्मौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः । तस्य त्रिंशत्तमो भागः परमाणुः स उच्यते ॥) ˚अङ्गकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अद्वैतम् 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 pure unitarianism. -अन्नम् rice boiled in milk with sugar. -अपमः the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic. -अर्थः 1 the highest or most sublime truth, true spiritual knowledge, knowledge about Brahman or the Supreme Spirit; इदं हि तत्त्वं परमार्थभाजाम् Mv.7.2. -2 truth, reality, earnestness; परिहासविजल्पितं सखे परमार्थेन न गृह्यतां वचः Ś.2.19; oft in comp. in the sense of 'true' or 'real'. ˚मत्स्याः R.7.4. Mv.4.3. -3 any excellent or important object. -4 the best sense. -5 the best kind of wealth. ˚दरिद्र really poor; Mk. ˚भाज a. partaking of the highest truth; Mv. ˚विद् a philosopher. -अर्थतः ind. truly, really, exactly, accurately; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.4; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; Pt.1.136. -अहः an excellent day. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् R.8.22; स्वर्गापवर्गयो- र्मार्गमामनन्ति मनीषिणः । यदुपास्तिमसावत्र परमात्मा निरूप्यते ॥ Kusum. -आनन्दः 'supreme felicity', Supreme Spirit. -आपद् f. the greatest calamity or misfortune. -आयु- धम् the wheel (चक्र); शूलैः प्रमथिताः केचित् केचित्तु परमायुधैः Rām.6.58.12. -आर्यः a Bodhisattva (q. v.). -इष्वासः an excellent archer. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -3 of Śiva. -4 the Almighty god, the Supreme Being. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 a universal monarch, sovereign of the world; see चक्रवर्तिन्. -ऋषिः a great sage. -ऐश्वर्यम् supremacy. -काण़्डः, -ण्डम् a very auspicious moment. -क्रान्तिः f. the sine of the greatest declination. -गतिः f. 1 any chief object or refuge (as a god). -2 final beatitude, emancipation. -गवः an excellent bull or cow. -गहन a. very myserious, profound. -तत्त्वम् the highest truth. -धर्मात्मन् a. very dutiful, virtuous. -पदम् 1 the best position, highest rank. -2 final beatitude; विष्णोः पदे परमे मध्व उत्सः Rv.1.154.5. -परम a. most excellent of all. -पुंस् the Supreme Spirit; N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -पूरुषः the Supreme Spirit. -प्रख्य a. celebrated, renowned. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -मुद्रा f. One of the poses of goddess त्रिपुरा. -रसः butter-milk mixed with water. -राजः a supreme monarch. -समुदय a. very auspicious or successful; परमसमुदयेनाश्वमेधेन चेष्ट्वा Mk.1.4. -सम्मत a. highly esteemed; much revered. -हंसः an ascetic of the highest order, one who has controlled and subdued all his senses by abstract meditation; cf. कुटीचक; कुटीचको बहूदकः हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परमो हंसो यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Hārītāsmṛiti. ˚परिव्राजकाचार्यः N. of Śaṅkarāchārya.
parameṣṭhin परमेष्ठिन् a Standing at the head, highest, chief; परमेष्ठिनां प्रभुः Bhāg.1.89.58. -m. 1 An epithet of Brahman. -2 Of Śiva. -3 Of Viṣṇu. -4 Of Garuḍa. -5 Of Agni. -6 Any spiritual teacher. -7 (with Jainas) An Arhat.
paripluta परिप्लुत p. p. 1 Flooded, inundated. -2 Overwhelmed; as in शोक˚. -3 Wetted, bathed. -तम् A spring, jump. -ता Spirituous liquor. -ति f. Overabundance पुरभिदा गमितस्त्वमदृश्यतां त्रिनयनत्वपरिप्लुतिशङ्कया N.4.76.
parimalaḥ परिमलः Fragrance, perfume, scent; परिमलो गीर्वाण- चेतोहरः Bv.1.63,66,7,71; यः पण्यस्त्रीरतिपरिमलोद्गारिभि- र्नागराणामुद्दामानि प्रथयति शिलावेश्मभिर्योवनानि Me.25. -2 Pounding or trituration of fragrant substances. -3 A fragrant substance. -4 Copulation; 'संभोगः स्यात् परिमले' इति वैजयन्ती; अथ परिमलजामवाप्य लक्ष्मीम् Ki.1.1. -4 A meeting of learned men. -5 A stain, spot, dirt.
paryukṣaṇam पर्युक्षणम् Sprinkling round water silently and without uttering any ritual formulæ or Mantras. -णी A vessel for sprinkling.
pāṭhakaḥ पाठकः [पठ्-ण्वुल्] 1 A teacher, lecturer, preceptor. पठकाः पाठकाश्चैव ये चान्ये शास्त्रचिन्तकाः । सर्वे व्यसनिनो मूर्खा यः क्रियावान् स पण्डितः Mb.3.313.11. -2 A public reader of the Purāṇas or other sacred books. -3 A spiritual teacher. -4 A pupil, student, scholar. -5 The text of a book.
pānam पानम् [पा-ल्युट्] 1 Drinking, quaffing, kissing (a lip); पयःपानम्; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -2 Drinking spirituous liquors; नहि धर्मार्थसिद्ध्यर्थं पानमेव प्रशस्यते Rām. 4.33.46. Ms.7.5;9.13; द्यूतपानप्रसक्ताश्च जघन्या राजसी गतिः 12.45. -3 A drink, beverage in general; Ms. 3.227; पयःपानं भुजङ्गानां केवलं विषवर्धनम् Pt.1.389. -4 A drinking vessel. -5 Sharpening; whetting. -6 Protection, defence. -7 A canal. -नः 1 A distiller. -2 Breath, expiration. -a. (in comp.) Drinking, one who drinks; विश्वं युगान्ते वटपत्र एकः शेते स्म मायाशिशुरङ्घ्रिपानः Bhāg.3.33.4. -Comp. -अगारः, -आगारः, -रम् a tavern; Mb.12.88.14. -अत्ययः hard drinking. -गोष्ठिका, -गोष्ठी 1 a drinking party. -2 a dramshop, tavern. -पः a. drinking spirituous liquors; Mb.3.48.6. -पात्रम्, -भाजनम्, -भाण्डम् a drinking vessel, a goblet. -भूः, -भूमिः, -भूमी f. a drinking room; रणक्षितिः शोणितमद्य कुल्या रराज मृत्योरिव पानभूमिः R.7.49;19.11. -मण्डलम् a drinking party. -रत a. addicted to drinking. -वणिज् m. vendor of spirits. -विभ्रमः intoxication. -शौण्डः a hard drinker.
pānikaḥ पानिकः A vendor of spirituous liquors, a distiller.
pāramārthika पारमार्थिक a. (-की f.) [परमार्थाय हितं ठक्] 1 Relating to परमार्थ or the highest truth or spiritual knowledge. -2 Real, essential, truly or really existent; सत्ता त्रिविधा पारमार्थिकी, व्यावहारिकी, प्रातीतिकी च Vedānta. -3 Caring for truth, loving truth or right; न लोकः पारमार्थिकः Pt. 1.342. -4 Excellent, supremely good, best.
pitrya पित्र्य a. [पितुरिदं प्रियं वा पितृत आगतं वा यत्] 1 Paternal, patrimonial, ancestral. -2 (a) Relating or sacred to the deceased ancestors; Ms.2.58. (b) Obsequial. -त्र्यः 1 the eldest brother. -2 The month of Māgha. -त्र्या 1 The constellation called Maghā. -2 The day of full as well as new moon. -त्र्यम् 1 The lunar mansion called Maghā. -2 The part of the hand between the fore-finger and the thumb (sacred to the Manes). -3 The Śrāddha ritual (श्राद्धकल्प); Ch. Up.7.1.2. -4 The nature of a father.
pūrva पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.) 1 Being in front of, first, foremost. -2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1. -3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276. -4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1. -5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1. -6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned. -7 Initial. -8 Established, customary, of long standing -9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life. -1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8. -11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c. -र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17. -र्वम् The forepart; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4. -र्वा 1 The east -2 N. of a country to the east of Madhyadeśa. -र्वम् ind. 1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्. -2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, beforehand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.' -3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto'; पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'firstthen, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently', पूर्वम् -अधुना or -अद्य 'formerly-now.' -Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य). -अङ्गः the first day in the civil month. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise. -अधिकारिन् m. the first occupant, a prior owner. -अन्तः the end of a preceding word. -अपर a. 1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1. -2 first and last. -3 prior and subsequent, preceding and following. -4 connected with another. (-रम्) 1 what is before and behind. -2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56. -3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity. -अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east. -अभ्यासः former practice or experience. -अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean. -अर्जित a. attained by former works. (-तम्) ancestral property. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c. -2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6. -3 the first half of a hemistich. -अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34. -अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon). -आवेदकः a plaintiff. -आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion consisting of two stars. -इतर a. western. -उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid, -उत्तर a. north-eastern. (-रा) the north-east. (-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent. -कर्मन् n. 1 a former act or work. -2 the first thing to be done, a prior work. -3 actions done in a former life. -4 preparations, preliminary arrangements. -कल्पः former times. -कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7. -2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45. -काल a. belonging to ancient times. (-लः) former or ancient times. -कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient. -काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter. -कृत a. previously done. (-तम्) an act done in a former life. -कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v. -क्रिया preparation. -गा N. of the river Godāvarī. -गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183. -चोदित a. 1 aforesaid, above-mentioned. -2 previously stated or advanced (as an objection. -ज a. 1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11. -2 ancient, old. -3 eastern. (-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36. -2 the son of the elder wife. -3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34. -4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind. -5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (-जा) an elder sister. -जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95. -जातिः f. a former birth. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life. -तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्. -दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (-णा) the south-east. -दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east. -दिनम् the forenoon. -दिश् f. the east. -दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern. -दिष्टम् the award of destiny. -दृष्ट a. 1 primæval. -2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -देवः 1 an ancient deity. -2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58. -3 a progenitor (पितृ). -4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख). -देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192. -देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India. -द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region. -निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात. -निमित्त an omen. -निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281. -पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side. -2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5. -3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्. -4 the first objection to an argument. -5 the statement of the plaintiff. -6 a suit at law. -7 an assertion, a proposition. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding. -पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence. -पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. -पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west. -पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañchālas. -पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra. -पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21. -पीठिका introduction. -पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā. -2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89. -3 an ancestor in general. -पूर्व a. each preceding one. (-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers. -प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13. -फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter. -बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk. -भवः a former life. -भागः 1 the forepart. -2 the upper part. -भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars. -भावः 1 priority. -2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K. -3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention. -भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous. -भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252. -भूत a. preceding, previous. -मध्याह्नः the forenoon. -मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167. -मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा. -मुख a. having the face turned towards the east. -याम्य a. south-eastern. -रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. thereon). -रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214. -रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight). -रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen. -2 a symptom of occuring disease. -3 the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants that is retained. -4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state. -लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness. -वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth. -वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous. -वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance. -वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā. -वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff. -विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44. -विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other. -विहित a. deposited before. -वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1. -2 previous conduct. -वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an aggressor. -शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn. -शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत. -सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98. -संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15. -सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4. -सर a. going in front. -सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32. -साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281. -स्थितिः f. former or first state.
paiṣṭika पैष्टिक a. (-की f.) Made of flour or meal. -कम् 1 A number of cakes. -2 A spirituous liquor distilled from meal.
paiṣṭī पैष्टी A spirituous liquor distilled from meal; cf. गौडी; गौडी पैष्टी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा Ms.11.94.
pauruṣeya पौरुषेय a. (-यी f.) [पुरुष-ठञ्] 1 Derived from or belonging to man, human, incidental to man; made, established or propounded by man; as in अपौरुषेया वै वेदाः -2 Manly, virile. -3 Spiritual. -यः 1 Man- slaughter (पुरुषवध). -2 A crowd of men. -3 A daylabourer, hireling. -4 Human action, man's work. -5 Law as affecting persons. -यम् Human work, action of man.
pauṣpa पौष्प a. (-ष्पी f.) [पुष्प्-अण्] Relating to or coming from flowers, floral, flowery; धनुः पौष्पं मौर्वी मधुकरमयी पञ्च विशिखाः Ā. L. -ष्पी 1 N. of the town पाटलिपुत्र q. v. -2 A kind of spirituous liquor (made from flowers).
prakṛtiḥ प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare.
pratikarman प्रतिकर्मन् n. 1 Requital, retaliation; उषिता स्मो वने वासं प्रतिकर्म चिकीर्षवः Mb.4.58.18. -2 Redress, remedy, counter-action; पश्येव कृतव्रणप्रतिकर्मा वत्सराजः Pratijñā 2. -3 Personal decoration, dress, toilet; (अबलाः) प्रतिकर्म कर्तुमुपचक्रमिरे समये हि सर्वमुपकारि कृतम् Śi.9.43;5.27; Ku.7.6; आविष्कृताङ्गप्रतिकर्मरम्यं बिभीषणं वाचमुवाच माता Bk. 12.1.; विभूषितेयं प्रतिकर्मनित्या Rām.2.37.35. -4 Opposition, hostility. -5 Bodily suffering; सा कृष्णमाराधय सौहृदेन प्रेम्णा च नित्यं प्रतिकर्मणा च Mb.3.224.4. -6 Expiatory, and welfare rituals (शान्तिकपौष्टिकादि कर्म); प्रतिकर्म पराचार ऋत्विजां स्म विधीयते Mb.12.79.2.
prayogin प्रयोगिन् a. 1 Using, employing. -2 Having an object in view. -3 Prompting, stimulating. -m. Performer (rituals &c.); तत्र कर्मणि विपर्यणीनमन् मन्त्रमूहकुशलाः प्रयोगिणः Śi.14.23.
pralayaḥ प्रलयः 1 Destruction, annihilation, dissolution; स्थानानि किं हिमवतः प्रलयं गतानि Bh.3.7,69; प्रलयं नीत्वा Si.11.66. 'causing to disappear'. -2 The destruction of the whole universe (at the end of a kalpa), universal destruction; Ku.2.8; अहं कृत्स्नस्य जगतः प्रभवः प्रलय- स्तथा Bg.7.6. -3 Any extensive destruction or devastation. -4 Death, dying, destruction; प्रारब्धाः प्रलयाय मांसवदहो विक्रेतुमेते वयम् Mu.5.21;1.14; यदा सत्त्वे प्रवृद्धे तु प्रलयं याति देहभृत् Bg.14.14. -5 Swoon, fainting, loss of consciousness, syncope; प्रलयान्तोन्मिषिते विलोचने Ku.4.2. -6 (In Rhet.) Loss of consciousness, considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings; प्रलयः सुखदुःखाद्यै- र्गाढमिन्द्रियमूर्छनम् Pratāparudra. -7 The mystic syllable om. -8 Spiritual unification (लय); बुद्धिः कर्मगुणैर्हीना यदा मनसि वर्तते । तदा संपद्यते ब्रह्म तत्रैव प्रलयं गतम् ॥ Mb.12.24. 17. -9 Sleepiness. -Comp. -कालः the time of universal destruction. -घनः, -जलधरः a cloud at the dissolution of the world. -दहनः the fire at the dissolution of the world. -पयोधिः the ocean at the dissolution of the world.
praśāsakaḥ प्रशासकः 1 A director, ruler. -2 A spiritual preceptor.
prasanna प्रसन्न p. p. 1 Pure, clear, bright, limpid, pellucid, transparent; प्रसन्नदिक्पांसुविविक्तवातम् Ku.1.23;7.74; कूलंकषेव सिन्धुः प्रसन्नमम्भस्तटतरुं च Ś.5.21. -2 Pleased, delighted, propitiated, soothed; मया प्रसन्नेन तवार्जुनेदं रूपं परं दर्शितमात्मयोगात् Bg.11.47; गङ्गां शरन्नयति सिन्धुपतिं प्रसन्नाम् Mu.3.9; गम्भीरायाः पयसि सरितश्चेतसीव प्रसन्ने Me.42 (where the first sense is also intended); Ku.5.35; R.2.68. -3 Kind, kindly disposed, gracious, propitious; अवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् R.2.63. -4 Plain, open, clear, easily intelligible (as meaning). -5 True, correct; प्रसन्नस्ते तर्कः V.2; प्रसन्नप्रायस्ते तर्कः Māl.1. -6 Settled down, tranquil. -न्ना 1 Propitiation, pleasing. -2 Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. gracious-minded, propitious. (-m.) N. of Viṣṇu. -ईरा spirituous liquor. -कल्प a. 1 almost calm. -2 almost true. -मुख, -वदन a. gracious-looking, with a pleased countenance, smiling. -रस a. clear-juiced. -सलिल a. having clear water.
prākṛta प्राकृत a. (-ता, -ती f.) [प्रकृतेरयं प्रकृत्या निर्वृत्तो वा अण्] 1 Original, natural, unaltered, unmodified; स्याताममित्रौ मित्रे च सहजप्राकृतावपि Śi.2.36 (see Malli, thereon). -2 Usual, common, ordinary. -3 Uncultivated, vulgar, unrefined, illiterate; प्राकृत इव परिभूयमानमात्मानं न रुणत्सि K.146; Bg.18.28. -4 Insignificant, unimportant; trifling; Mu.1. -5 Derived from Prakṛiti, q. v.; प्राकृतो लयः 'reabsorption into Prakṛiti'; विमुञ्चेत् प्राकृतान् ग्रामांस्तान् मुक्त्वा$मृतमश्नुते Mb.12.24.12. -6 Provincial, vernacular (as a dialect); see below. -तः 1 A low man, an ordinary or vulgar man. कार्षापणं भवेद्दण्डयो यत्रान्यः प्राकृतो जनः Ms.8.336. -2 A kind of fever; वर्षाशरद्वसन्तेषु वाताद्यैः प्राकृतः क्रमात् Mādhava; (see -ज्वरः) -तम् A vernacular or provincial dialect derived from and akin to Sanskrit; प्रकृतिः संस्कृतं तत्र भवं तत आगतं च प्राकृतम् Hemachandra. (Many of these dialects are spoken by the female characters and inferior personages of Sanskrit plays and are usually divided into 4 dialects :-- शौरसेनी, माहाराष्ट्री, अपभ्रंश and पैशाची); तद्भवस्तत्समो देशीत्यनेकः प्राकृत- क्रमः Kāv.1.33; also 34, 35; त्वमप्यस्मादृशजनयोग्ये प्राकृतमार्गे प्रवृत्तो$सि Vb.1. -2 Resolution or reabsorption into प्रकृति; the dissolution of the universe. -3 A particular ritual or यज्ञ; Bhāg.1.84.52. -Comp. -अरिः a natural enemy, i. e. the ruler of an adjacent country; see Malli. on Śi.2.36. -उदासीनः a natural neutral; i. e. a ruler whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally. -ज्वरः a common or ordinary fever. -प्रलयः complete dissolution of the universe. -मानुषः a common or ordinary man. -मित्रम् a natural ally; i. e. a ruler whose dominions lie immediately beyond those of the natural enemy (i. e. whose country is separated from the country with which he is allied by that of another).
prāvṛtiḥ प्रावृतिः f. 1 An enclosure, a hedge, fence. -2 Spiritual darkness.
priya प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress; प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम